# Welcome to Venditan Commerce

Venditan Commerce is a unified eCommerce and retail platform designed to help merchants manage and grow their online and in-store businesses.

It comprises a series of powerful modules to facilitate online and offline sales, integrated business management and sustained growth.

This resource provides an in-depth review of the features and functionality available within the platform.

***

### Jump right in

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th><th data-hidden></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product Information Management (PIM)</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Product Creation, Data, Management, Types, Pricing, Taxes</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/qVNrjlgW7Pwu2gdBVMwT">/pages/qVNrjlgW7Pwu2gdBVMwT</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock/Warehouse Management (WMS)</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Suppliers, Purchase Orders, Receiving, Putaway, Stock Control, Warehousing</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/dTwkgoe9VWWYOE2snOUo">/pages/dTwkgoe9VWWYOE2snOUo</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Management &#x26; Fulfilment (OMS)</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Order Capture, Picking, Packing, Dispatch, Returns, Exchanges</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/7MiIIOFAV06HqInmEh82">/pages/7MiIIOFAV06HqInmEh82</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Management (CRM)</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Customer Accounts, Data, Management, Segmentation</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/b8gQqfQNdsaIVitd3uUY">/pages/b8gQqfQNdsaIVitd3uUY</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>eCommerce Websites</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>CMS, Website Features, Search, Merchandising, Filtering, Accounts</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/1UXNVOCGc76O2IoeNPQd">/pages/1UXNVOCGc76O2IoeNPQd</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Basket &#x26; Checkout</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Basket and Checkout Features, Deliveries, Order Comms, Security</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/3cl3p0F2Bb18Tyus8dJC">/pages/3cl3p0F2Bb18Tyus8dJC</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>In-Store (EPOS)</strong></td><td><p>Covering:<br></p><p>Sales, Returns, Stock, Customers, Reporting, Users, Admin</p></td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/sbizrc0SeAGOEA7dWoKg">/pages/sbizrc0SeAGOEA7dWoKg</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Mobile Apps</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Setup, App Management, Features, Maintenance, Security</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/M8hFgogk5AeuI0RnmYZg">/pages/M8hFgogk5AeuI0RnmYZg</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payments</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Supported Payment Gateways, Payment Types, Security</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/epT226ZnkKMuzrb79MKZ">/pages/epT226ZnkKMuzrb79MKZ</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Marketing &#x26; Promotions</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Offers, Vouchers, Loyalty, Marketplaces, PPC, Affiliates, SEO, Email, Reviews</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/fZf8GVx7olr7N4XwVi6t">/pages/fZf8GVx7olr7N4XwVi6t</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sell Internationally</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Pricing, Currency, Tax, Intl. Websites, Logistics, Payments, Laws, Compliance</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/mCQCETUhvNLBgERHY1UO">/pages/mCQCETUhvNLBgERHY1UO</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>B2B</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Products, Stock, Orders, Payments, Finance, Trade Customers, B2B Websites</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/Tbo1Xn2DdARzxui2QcxH">/pages/Tbo1Xn2DdARzxui2QcxH</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Integrations</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Shipping, Payments, Marketing, Marketplaces, Search &#x26; Merch, EPOS, Accounting, ERPs</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/AA4YSIqBrNwvN5mC7OHX">/pages/AA4YSIqBrNwvN5mC7OHX</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Reports &#x26; Analytics</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Sales, Payments, Stock/Inventory, Customers, Custom Reports, 3rd Parties</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/HbOK4hfzetecKEiYZULm">/pages/HbOK4hfzetecKEiYZULm</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Hosting, Security &#x26; Compliance</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Website Hosting, Website Security, Platform Security, Payment Security</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/rq9cUcEJAwhKbjGyjZBF">/pages/rq9cUcEJAwhKbjGyjZBF</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Admin &#x26; Tools</strong></td><td>Covering:<br><br>Users, Administration Rights, Tools</td><td></td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/DUJs9PaGvu1OGgRyJPFH">/pages/DUJs9PaGvu1OGgRyJPFH</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

***


# Product Information Management (PIM)

Centralised product creation and management for straightforward and complex inventories.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product Creation</strong></td><td>How products are created in Venditan Commerce.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/bFLsABEBUxgRhmQoiSZn">/pages/bFLsABEBUxgRhmQoiSZn</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Data</strong></td><td>Product Data that Venditan Commerce supports.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/MWwrx0uQBekrVqTXHrXI">/pages/MWwrx0uQBekrVqTXHrXI</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Management</strong></td><td>How products are managed in Venditan Commerce.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/h43XGhNvtOxuCa9stCAM">/pages/h43XGhNvtOxuCa9stCAM</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Types</strong></td><td>Product Types that Venditan Commerce supports.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/h43XGhNvtOxuCa9stCAM">/pages/h43XGhNvtOxuCa9stCAM</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Pricing</strong></td><td>Pricing strategies that Venditan Commere supports.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/4n7cphI5buQpRy8W042I">/pages/4n7cphI5buQpRy8W042I</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Taxes</strong></td><td>How Venditan Commerce simplifies tax management.</td><td></td><td><a href="/pages/va0VAm354eWaoGYn9gcN">/pages/va0VAm354eWaoGYn9gcN</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Product Creation

You can create products in bulk, one at a time, or by using a guided Wizard.

***

### Master, Member, Stock: Our Product Data Model

Venditan Commerce uses a tiered data model to organise and structure your product data.

The three tiers are called **Master, Member** and **Stock.**

<table><thead><tr><th width="131">Tier</th><th>Summary</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Master</strong></td><td>The Master product.</td><td>The t-shirt that you are selling.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Member</strong></td><td>Variants of the Master product.</td><td>The colours that the t-shirt is available in.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock</strong></td><td>Individual Items that have stock held against them.</td><td>The sizes that your t-shirt is available in, across the range of colours available.</td></tr></tbody></table>

This gives you the flexibility to create different [Product Types](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-types).

{% hint style="info" %}
Further reading: [5 advantages of our platform's Product Data Model](https://www.venditan.com/blog/our-platform-product-data-model)
{% endhint %}

***

### Create new Product Sets using a Guided Wizard

Venditan Commerce contains a guided **Product Set Creation Wizard**. It simplifies the creation of products with multiple variations.

The wizard guides the user through logical steps, using pre-saved product information, like Sizing Scales and Product Attributes, to capture data and prepare the new product for review.

Here is an example of a Guided Wizard flow for a new clothing item.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Add Core Product Information

Input basic product data, like the [Product Title](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#core-product-information), [Brand](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#core-product-information), [Sales Audience](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#core-product-information), [Category](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#core-product-information), [Season](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#core-product-information), [Sizing Scale](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#size-guides) and [Shipping Weight](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#weights).
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose the right Sales Channels

Select [Sales Channels](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-management#manage-and-schedule-sales-channel-availability) for product availability. This can be scheduled for a future date and time.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Select and map Colours

Select [Colours](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#colours) and confirm their [Mapped Colours](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#colours).
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Confirm Size and Colour combinations

Confirm the [Sizes](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#sizing-scales) included within the Product Set by selecting from a matrix of Colours and Sizes. This is generated by selecting a Sizing Scale.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Connect the product to Suppliers

Create [Supplier Links](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#stock) to connect stock items to the Suppliers you purchase from.

{% hint style="info" %}
Supplier Links are a fundamental component of Venditan Commerce's [Purchase Order Management](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/suppliers-and-purchasing) functionality.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Input or auto-generate Barcodes

Manually enter [Barcodes](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#barcodes-and-serialisation) for each variation, or let Venditan Commerce automatically generate them by leaving this field blank.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Price your product

Enter Prices and RRP at a Master, Member or Stock level depending upon the level of control required for the Product Set.

If you sell internationally, you can input specific prices for the different currencies you're trading in.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Product Pricing](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-pricing)
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Add Tax information

If required, confirm the product’s Country of Origin and Commodity Code.

Tax will automatically be applied to your products based on your [Tax Rules](/docs/product-information-management-pim/taxes#simplify-your-tax-settings-using-tax-rules).
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Add product content and media

Add the product’s Long Description and [Media](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#descriptions-and-media), and select from a pre-saved Size Guide.

The list of available Size Guides narrows based on your choices in the previous steps.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Select your Product Attributes

Select the relevant [Product Attributes](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#product-attributes) from a pre-saved list stored in Venditan Commerce. Or, create the attributes that you need.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
**Review and create the product**

Review a complete summary of the product information that has been collected.

Create the product, reset it or navigate back to a previous step without losing progress.

Once created, our default **Qualifies for Web** logic is used to validate the product’s sales-readiness.

This stops unsuitable products from being pushed to your Sales Channels, e.g. If the product is missing a Product Image.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Bulk Import: Create new products using a CSV

Create new products at scale by importing the data into Venditan Commerce in CSV format.

You can download a sample CSV containing relevant fields for your product information. Complete the CSV and drag and drop it into Venditan Commerce for importation.

The import process will validate the data; successful imports will be added to your inventory, while rejected imports will trigger a summary explaining the failure.

The following static values can be imported:

* Product Type
* Product Title
* Short and Long Product Description
* URL
* Image URL
* Cost of Goods Sold
* Price
* RRP Price
* Unit Pricing Measure
* Unit Pricing Base Measure
* Sale Price including Effective From/To
* Stock
* Brand
* GTIN
* MPN
* Condition
* Age Group
* Colour
* Gender
* Material
* Size
* Size Type
* Size System
* Department
* Season
* Composition
* Care Instructions
* Google Product Category
* Google Custom Labels
* Country of Origin
* Commodity Code
* Height, Length and Width
* Meta Title and Meta Description

{% hint style="warning" %}
The Bulk Import Tool can also be used to update existing products.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

***

### Create a Bill of Materials (BOM)

Individual **Bill of Materials (BOM)** can be created within Venditan Commerce or bulk using the Bulk Import Tool.

When creating a single BOM, the standard process is as follows.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Add Core Product Information

Input basic product data, such as the Product Title, Brand, Department, Barcode,  Weight and Description.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Build the BOM

Select the Components (Standalone Items) and quantities that make up the BOM.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
**Pricing**

Input pricing information for the BOM, including Standard Retail and RRP.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
**Sales Channels**

Confirm Sales Channel availability for the BOM.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Product Content

Add additional content and media to merchandise the BOM separately from its components.&#x20;
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Create a Product Bundle

Single **Product Bundles** can be created from within Venditan Commerce, or in bulk using the Bulk Import Tool.

When creating a single Product Bundle, the standard process is as follows.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Add Core Product Information

Input basic product data, such as the Product Title, Brand, Department, Barcode, Shipping Weight and Description.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Build the Bundle

Select the Member-level products that make up the bundle, and the Default variation displayed on your website when the customer first loads the page.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Like BOMs, Product Bundles are fully content-manageable, with their own SKU, Product Title, Price, Availability, Descriptions and Media.


# Product Data

Store clean, standardised and rich product data whilst improving productivity through efficient data reuse.

***

### Core Product Information

Let's start with the basic data that helps prepare a product for sale.

<table><thead><tr><th width="219">Data</th><th>Purpose</th><th>Examples</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product Type</strong></td><td>Defines the type of product.</td><td>Product Set (Master, Member or Stock), Product Bundle</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Title</strong></td><td>Names the product or variation.</td><td>Nike Air Max 90</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Code (SKU)</strong></td><td>Identifies the product or variation.</td><td>100-2405-BLACK</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Historical Code</strong></td><td>Stores the previous SKU used on your legacy platform.</td><td>N/A</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>Defines the brand the product belongs to, a.k.a 'Manufacturer.'</td><td>Nike</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Department</strong></td><td>Categorises the product data internally.</td><td>Footwear</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Category</strong></td><td>Groups related products for admin and merchandising.</td><td>Trainers</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Season</strong></td><td>Groups products by a relevant time period.</td><td>Spring/Summer 2022</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales Audience</strong></td><td>Defines the target audience of the product.</td><td>Womens</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Age Group</strong></td><td>Provides greater control over the intended age group for the product.</td><td>18+</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Min. Order Quantity</strong></td><td>Controls the mimimum number of items required for the product to be purchased.</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Published Date</strong></td><td>Logs the date and time the product was published</td><td>19/01/2023 17:06</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### **Manage your Brands**

Brands are created and managed separately so products can be assigned to them.

You can store the following information against a Brand:

* **Name**: The name of the Brand.
* **URL**: The URL for the Brand's product listing page.
* **Code**: A reference code for management and tracking.
* **Website Address**: The Brand's website address.
* **Default Supplier**: Set the Default Supplier you use when resupplying for this Brand.
* **Image**: The Brand's logo.

#### **Manage your Departments**

Departments are created and managed separately so products can be assigned to them.\
\
You can store the following information against a Department:

* **Name**: The name of the Department.
* **Sales Audience**: Used to override the Sales Audience of all products within the Department, e.g. An ‘Alcoholic Beverage’ Department may use an ‘Adult’ Sales Audience.
* **Purchaser**: Set the lead Purchaser for the Department.

#### **Manage your Seasons**

Seasons are created and managed separately so products can be assigned to them.\
\
You can store the following information against a Season:

* **Name**: The name of the Season, e.g. ‘Spring Summer 2024.’
* **Code**: A reference code for management and tracking, e.g. ‘SS24.’
* **Current Season**: Determine whether the Season is current or not.
* **Status**: Enable or archive the Season.

***

### Prices

**Prices** can be managed at all product levels; [Master, Member, and Stock](#user-content-fn-1)[^1].

When pricing a Product Set, prices set at the Master and Member levels will automatically apply to the Member and Stock levels. However, you can set different prices for variations of the same product if needed.

Bill of Materials (BOM) and Product Bundles can be priced independently from their individual components, allowing for flexibility in pricing strategies.

{% hint style="info" %}
[Pricing](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-pricing) is a comprehensive and detailed subject, covered extensively in a dedicated section, which includes the various pricing strategies Venditan Commerce can support.
{% endhint %}

***

### Tax

**Tax** is automatically applied to your products using your configured [Tax Rules](/docs/product-information-management-pim/taxes).

***

### Stock

**Stock** data is maintained against Stock Items in our [Master, Member, Stock](#user-content-fn-1)[^1] data model.

For Bill of Materials (BOM) and Product Bundles, stock levels are derived from the quantities of the component items included in the bundle or assembly.

Venditan Commerce also supports zero-stock products (Service Items), allowing you to manage products that are not physically stocked but are still available for sale or service.

The following product information contributes to stock management.

<table><thead><tr><th width="219">Data</th><th>Purpose</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Stock Levels</strong></td><td>Tracks the quantity of stock your business holds of a Stock Item, across your <a data-footnote-ref href="#user-content-fn-2">Stock Locations</a>.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Level Settings</strong></td><td>The <a href="/pages/hnD8fXajS0JWGBYWGyu1#set-up-min-max-and-ideal-stock-levels-for-products">Minimum, Maximum and Ideal Stock Levels</a> for a Stock Item, which set stock thresholds for reordering and optimising stock levels.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Reorder Level</strong></td><td>Defines a minimum Stock Level threshold that, when reached, triggers an email alert.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Supplier Links</strong></td><td>Links your Stock Item to the Suppliers you purchase them from, which is used when <a href="/pages/HJcjI2MuASKchMcJ9MxP">creating Purchase Orders</a>.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Stock/Warehouse Management (WMS)](/docs/reports-and-analytics/stock-inventory)
{% endhint %}

***

### Barcodes & Serialisation

When creating a product, you can input the **Barcode** provided by the manufacturer or leave it blank to let Venditan Commerce auto-generate one for you.

Additionally, Venditan Commerce supports **Product Serialisation**, allowing you to assign unique serial numbers to individual items. This is particularly useful for tracking high-value goods and managing warranties.

***

### Product Attributes

**Product Attributes** are used to collect and store all of the characteristics and qualities that define your products.

Venditan Commerce contains a dedicated **Product Attribute Management Tool** to save attributes for reuse across your inventory.

You can manage the following information against a Product Attribute.

<table><thead><tr><th width="136">Data</th><th>Purpose</th><th>Examples</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Name</strong></td><td>Names the Product Attribute.</td><td>Material, Battery Life</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Data Type</strong></td><td><p>Defines the type of data the Product Attribute handles.<br><br><strong>Array</strong>: A list of values.<br><strong>Boolean</strong>: True/False values.<br><strong>Float</strong>: Decimal numbers.<br><strong>Integer</strong>: Whole numbers.</p><p><strong>String</strong>: Text.</p></td><td><strong>Array</strong>: 'Available Colours'<br><strong>Boolean</strong>: 'Is Waterproof'<br><strong>Float</strong>: 'Weight in Kg'<br><strong>Integer</strong>: 'Warranty Period in Months'<br><strong>String</strong>: 'Manufacturer Name'</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Input Type</strong></td><td><p>Controls how the data is inputted into the Product Attribute.<br><br><strong>Checkbox</strong>: A simple Yes/No or True/False option.</p><p><strong>Date</strong>: A date picker.</p><p><strong>Datetime</strong>: A date and time picker.</p><p>HTML: For rich text formatting.</p><p><strong>Multi-Select</strong>: Allows selection of multiple values from a list.</p><p><strong>Select</strong>: Allows selection of a single value from a list.</p><p><strong>Text</strong>: A single line of text, or URL.</p><p><strong>Text Area</strong>: A larger text field for detailed information.</p><p><strong>Mapped</strong>: Custom mappings for complex data.</p></td><td>N/A</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Filterable</strong></td><td>Controls whether the Product Attribute is displayed as a filter option on your eCommerce website.</td><td></td></tr></tbody></table>

**Setting up the available options within your Product Attribute**

You can create and name the different options available within an Attribute.\
\
For example, for an Attribute named ‘Material,’ you might list options such as ‘Cotton,’ ‘Polyester,’ and ‘Leather,’ each with a brief description if needed.

**Attribute Groups**

You can set up **Attribute Groups** to collect related Product Attributes.

Grouping allows you to organise your attributes into logical collections, makes it easier to manage and display related information.

For example, you might have a group called ‘Technical Specifications’ that includes Attributes like ‘Battery Life,’ ‘Screen Size,’ and ‘Processor Type.’

{% hint style="success" %}
We configure your **Product Attributes** during your switch to Venditan Commerce, and you can edit and add to them yourself with full training provided.
{% endhint %}

***

### Sizing Scales

**Sizing Scales** allow you to set up pre-saved size ranges when creating new products, reducing the time and effort needed to manage product sizes.

Basic examples of Sizing Scales are:

* Clothing: XS, S, M, L, XL, XXL
* Shoes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10

You can manage the following information against a Sizing Scale:

* **Name**: The name of the Sizing Scale, e.g. ‘Men's T-Shirts.’
* **Sizes**: The sizes included in the scale. Can be dragged and dropped into the desired order.
* **Amazon Classification**: Used when listing products on Amazon, ensuring correct size classification.

***

### Size Guides

**Size Guides** are managed through Venditan Commerce's **Size Guide Template** functionality.

Size Guide Templates are pre-saved structures that provide a foundation for your Size Guides.&#x20;

Templates standardise the creation process, saving time and guaranteeing uniformity across your content.

**Table Builder**

Create columns and rows, then input the necessary data, which is automatically converted into an optimised and responsive Size Guide for your website.

Features include:

* **Metric and Imperial Measurements**: Input sizes in both measurement systems.
* **Data Reuse**: Search for and reuse data from previously created Size Guides, which are ideal for creating similar guides that only need minor data adjustments.

**Automatic Linking and Availability**

Once created, Size Guides can be linked automatically to specific products by selecting relevant Product Categories, Seasons, and Sales Audiences.

For example, you can easily assign a Size Guide to all T-shirts from a particular Brand.

For verification, a 'Linked Items’ section provides a clear overview of all the products associated with the Size Guide.

***

### Colours

Create and pre-save all the **Colours** your products are available in.

Venditan Commerce contains a dedicated **Colour Management Tool** to save them for reuse across your inventory.

You can manage the following information against a Colour:

* **Name**: The name of the Colour, often provided by the Manufacturer.
* **Code**: A unique identifier for the Colour.
* **Amazon Colour**: Used to specify the corresponding colour if selling on Amazon.
* **Brand**: Used to specify the Brand, if the Colour belongs to it.

**Colour Mapping**

Use Colour Mapping to map colours to a standardised term and group variations of the same colour.

For example, ‘<mark style="color:red;">Fire Red</mark>,’ ‘<mark style="color:red;">Ferrari</mark>,’ ‘<mark style="color:red;">Deep Crimson,</mark>’ and ‘<mark style="color:red;">Mars</mark>’ could all be mapped to ‘<mark style="color:red;">Red.</mark>’

This is useful when dealing with multiple variations of the same colour, or obscure colour names that aren’t user-friendly. It helps improve your website's filter and search experience while maintaining the richness of your internal product data management.

***

### Weights

Logging product **weight** data in Venditan Commerce is critical for efficient packing and dispatching.

You can add the following weight information against a product:

* **Actual Weight**: The true weight of the product and its packaging.
* **Shipping Weight**: The weight that is communicated to couriers when fulfilling an order.
* **Weight Unit**: The unit of measurement for the weight.
* **Default Weight**: Adds a default weight (controlled by [Product Category](#core-product-information) or [Department)](#manage-your-departments) that is used as a fallback when the Actual Weight isn’t provided for the product, e.g. Products in a ‘Books’ category will fall back to a Default Weight of ‘300g’ if they do not have an Actual Weight specified.

***

### Related Products

**Related Products** are items linked together to create relationships for merchandising purposes, such as offering one product as an optional add-on to another.

These related products are displayed when viewing the product in the platform, providing an easy way to manage and visualise the relationships between products.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Manually link products for controlled relationships](/docs/ecommerce-websites/merchandising#manually-link-products-for-controlled-product-relationships)
{% endhint %}

***

### Product Tags

Attach rich metadata to your products in the form of **Product Tags**.

Product Tags, also called '*labels'*, give you the ability to describe and categorise products by tagging their characteristics.

For example:

* Best Seller
* Gluten-Free
* Fair Trade
* New Arrival
* Pet Friendly

Tags help with more precise inventory filtering (both on the front-end website and within Venditan Commerce), dynamic product listing page curation, merchandising callouts and effective reporting.

The following information can be stored against a Tag:

* **Tag Name**: The name of the Tag.
* **ID**: The Tag’s ID code.
* **Tag Group**: Used to organise tags into logical categories for easier management and filtering.

When applying Productt Tags to a product, you’ll see a two-panel interface:

* A searchable list of all available tags on the left.
* Your selected tags on the right for easy review or deselection.

***

### Descriptions & Media

Enrich a product with additional content and media.

Venditan Commerce's standard content fields are:

* **Short Description**: A brief product summary, highlighting key features and benefits.&#x20;
* **Long Description**: A detailed product overview, including specifications, usage instructions, and any other pertinent information.
* **Product Images**: A high-quality image of the product to provide a visual representation for customers. There is no limit to the number of images you can add to a product.

{% hint style="success" %}
We can set up unlimited **Custom Description Fields** for your products. This is useful for products that require additional information, like Washing Instructions, Ingredients and Safety Directions.
{% endhint %}

***

### Meta Information

Manage the meta information for your products.

Venditan Commerce's standard meta information fields are:

* **Meta Title**: This is displayed on search results pages and the browser tab.
* **Meta Description**: A short product summary which appears in the search results.

You can let Venditan Commerce auto-generate this information using an optimised formula or override the field with your content.

***

#### Customer Notifications

**Customer Notifications** are data points held against a product when a customer opts to be notified once it is back in stock.

These notifications are visible on the product view screen within the platform and include the customer's name and email address, allowing you to track and manage demand and manually re-engage when the product is back in stock.

[^1]: **Master, Member, Stock** is Venditan Commerce's data model, used to organise your Product Data.

[^2]: [**Stock Locations**](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/stock-control-and-warehousing#structure-your-stock-management-with-locations-stores-and-bins) are the individual locations you use to hold stock, such as warehouses, fulfilment centres and physical stores.


# Product Management

Efficiently manage your product information individually or in bulk, and perform day-to-day management tasks.

***

### Update your Product Information

You can update the information held against your products in three ways.

<table><thead><tr><th width="234">Method</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Individual Update</strong></td><td>Update a single product from within Venditan Commerce.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Inventory Updater Tool</strong></td><td>Update a group of products from within Venditan Commerce.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Bulk Import/Export</strong></td><td>Update a group of products in CSV format.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Individual Update**

Open up a product and update its information from within Venditan Commerce.

This is useful for making individual changes or rectifications, allowing you to quickly update product information without affecting other listings.

**Inventory Updater Tool**

Our in-built **Inventory Updater Tool** allows you to update a group of products from one screen without leaving Venditan Commerce.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Filter your inventory

Filter your inventory down to the subset of products that you would like to update.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose an Update Type

Select an Update Type to define what type of product information you would like to update.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Update your products

The Inventory Updater Tool presents you with a spreadsheet-like editing interface so you can quickly update the products and click Save.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

#### Update Types

The following types of product information can be updated from the tool:

* Price
* Stock Cost
* Stock Settings
* Product Tags
* Regional Availability
* Product Attributes

**Bulk Import/Export**

The Inventory Updater Tool also includes a convenient **Bulk Import/Export** feature.

Exported your filtered subset of products and make the necessary updates within the CSV file.

Import the CSV file back into Venditan Commerce, which checks and validates the imported data.

Venditan Commerce will notify you of any errors, such as data misformatting, so you can correct them and re-import the data.

***

### Manage and schedule Sales Channel availability

Control which **Sales Channels** your product should be published to.

Sales Channel availability can be scheduled, allowing you to control when products become live on different websites and marketplaces and the duration of their visibility.

***

### Manage Regional Availability

Specify the regions where your products can be sold through your website with the **Regional Availability** feature.

This allows you to manage product availability by country, product-by-product, or Brand.

You can use a simple interface to select the countries where your chosen products or Brand should be available.

***

### View open Orders for a product

Clicking **Open Orders** from the product interface allows you to quickly access and analyse all open Orders containing a specific product.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Order Management & Fulfilment (OMS)](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms)
{% endhint %}

***

### Print Barcode Labels for your products

Generate and print **Barcode Labels** for your products, typically in the `EAN13` format, though Venditan Commerce can support any format.

This uses the information stored in your [Barcode field](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#barcodes-and-serialisation) for the product.

Venditan Commerce will auto-populate a Barcode if that field is blank during product creation.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Barcodes are a fundamental component of Venditan Commerce's [stock handling](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/receiving-and-putaway) and [pick](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-picking), [pack](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-packing) and [dispatch](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-dispatch) processes.
{% endhint %}

***

### Receive reminders for re-orders

Get automated email alerts when products reach their **Reorder Threshold**.\
\
This basic feature helps you stay on top of your replenishment needs by notifying you when to restock.

{% hint style="success" %}
Venditan Commerce's [**Automated Replenishment**](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/suppliers-and-purchasing#automated-replenishment-auto-generate-new-purchase-orders-for-review) functionality has superseded Re-Order Alerts.
{% endhint %}

***

### Downstream updates to your EPOS system

You can force refresh the product data on your [EPOS system](/docs/in-store-epos) once you've made updates in Venditan Commerce.

This happens automatically and regularly, but if you've made significant updates to your product data, you want to manually trigger the process to ensure that the changes are processed to your point of sale as soon as possible.

***

### Automatically Tag products by Sales Performance

Venditan Commerce can automatically apply Product Tags based on sales performance over a defined period, for example, Fast Seller, Zero Sales, or any other criteria relevant to your business.

These tags appear as visual callouts within the platform, making it easy for users to quickly identify products according to their sales trends. Tags also feed into [Sales and Inventory Reporting](/docs/reports-and-analytics), supporting better analysis and decision-making.

This functionality is fully configurable, allowing you to define the periods, thresholds, and tag names based on your specific objectives.

***

### Discontinue a product

Products can be discontinued individually or in bulk within Venditan Commerce.

You can discontinue a single product directly from its product record, or update multiple products at once using the Inventory Updator tool or via bulk import. This allows for efficient management of your product catalogue.

By default, discontinued products are automatically removed from the website. However, your website can be configured with alternative visibility rules, for example, to continue displaying discontinued items with a notice or redirect.


# Product Types

From single items to complex bundles, Venditan Commerce supports a diverse range of Product Types, each configured to meet specific sales and engagement needs.

***

### Create Product Sets to group related Stock Items

Use a **Product Set** to group variations of Stock Items and manage them collectively.

Venditan Commerce uses a Master, Member, and Stock structure for Product Sets. For example:

* **Master**: The T-Shirt that you are selling.
  * **Member**: The colours your T-Shirt is available in.
    * **Stock**: The sizes your T-Shirt is available in, across the range of colours available.

Product information can be managed at the Master, Member or Stock level depending upon your requirements.

This data model is incredibly flexible and can support anything you need to do with your products.

***

### Create a Standalone Item

Use a **Standalone Item** to list a product that contains no other variations, like Colours and Sizes, e.g. A ball of string.

These products exist separately from other products and are not a part of any Product Set.

***

### Create Product Bundles to sell combinations of products together&#x20;

Use a **Product Bundle** to combine two or more products at a Member level.

Customers can then select from their associated variations on the PDP page (such as Colour and Size) and purchase their chosen combination as one, bundled product.

When a purchase is made, the quantities of the respective Stock Items are adjusted.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Example of a Product Bundle**

A sports brand may offer a Running Top, Shorts and Socks Bundle, allowing customers to select their sizes for each option and checkout as one bundled product.
{% endhint %}

***

### Create a Bill of Materials (BOM) to sell Components together

Use a BOM to create a product composed of multiple Components (Stock Items) and sell them together.&#x20;

This is displayed as a unique product on your website and can be merchandised with unique product information, like Images and Descriptions.

When a sale is made, Stock Levels are automatically adjusted across each Component within the BOM.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Example of a Bill of Materials (BOM)**

An arts and crafts website sells a variety of paints, brushes, and canvases. It may use a BOM to group specific Components into one ‘Paint-at-Home Set’ while retaining the ability to sell those components individually.
{% endhint %}

#### Create a Phantom Bill of Materials / Multi-Tier Bill of Materials

Create a Bill of Materials (BOM) with another BOM nested within it—sometimes referred to as a **Phantom BOM** or **Multi-Tier BOM**.

Select a BOM as a component within a parent BOM. The phantom BOM acts as a grouping mechanism for the components needed to build that subassembly when fulfilling the parent BOM.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Example of a Phantom/Multi-Tier Bill of Materials**

A hardware store sells a power tool that comes with a servicing kit containing multiple individual items, such as replacement blades, lubricant, and a wrench. The servicing kit can be set up as a BOM to act as a subassembly, which is then included within the parent BOM alongside the power tool itself.
{% endhint %}

***

### Sell the same product in different bulk quantities&#x20;

Sell a product in various quantity tiers, e.g. Individually, by the box, by the crate and by the pallet–all from one master stock record.

For example:

<table><thead><tr><th width="179">Level</th><th>Summary</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Individual Items</strong></td><td>Sell one component as a single, Standalone Product.</td><td>A chocolate bar.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Box</strong></td><td>Sell multiple components in a quantified box or package.</td><td>A box of 20 chocolate bars.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Crate</strong></td><td>Sell multiple boxes together.<br><br>Crates are often used for bulk shipping or storage, but Venditan Commerce can support the sale of crates.</td><td>50 boxes of chocolate bars.</td></tr></tbody></table>

This allows you to break your stock into Components and offer tiered options without ring-fencing stock for those different quantity purposes.

{% hint style="success" %}
This functionality is flexible and can support various uses. It can also be combined with a [**Volume Pricing**](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-pricing#set-up-volume-pricing-for-your-products) strategy to offer a discount incentive on larger purchases.
{% endhint %}

***

### Offer products on Pre-Order

Venditan Commerce can support **Pre-Order** for any of the above Product Types.

#### Pre-Order Payments

Payments for Pre-Orders can be taken in two ways:

* **Pre-Authorisation**: a pre-authorisation of funds through one of our Level 1 PCI-DSS compliant [Payment Gateway](/docs/hosting-security-and-compliance/payment-security#our-payment-gateway-integrations) integrations.&#x20;
* **Pay-by-Link:** Accept pre-orders in good faith and email customers with an automated payment link when the product is ready.

***

### Serialise your products

Uniquely identify individual products by adding a specific **Serial Number** or Code.

Product serialisation plays a vital role in supply chain management by enabling product traceability, authentication, and enhanced control.

They allow for precise tracking of warranty information, helping you to identify when a specific unit was sold and its warranty status, making it more straightforward to manage warranty claims, provide after-sales service and prevent fraud.

***

### Sell digital files

Upload a digital file to Venditan Commerce and sell it as a product on your website.

Customers receive a link to download the file via email when they purchase a product with a digital file.

Venditan Commerce can support any digital file format.

***

### Sell in-store services

Market and sell your in-store services through your website by creating them as a product within Venditan Commerce.

This functionality is often used for gift wrapping and in-store appointments, like fittings and style consultations.


# Product Pricing

Effective pricing maximises revenue and attracts new customers. Venditan Commerce supports various tactics, from regular and sale prices to dynamic and volume-based pricing.

***

### Set up Volume Pricing for your products

**Volume Pricing** allows you to offer customers a decreased unit cost as their order quantity increases.

You can implement unlimited price breaks (the quantity at which the price changes) across any structure of unit quantities.

You can overlay rules from criteria across Brand, Category, Department, Season, Country, Customer Group and Sales Channel to segment products for your Volume Pricing strategy.

***

### Set different prices for different Customer Types

Automatically update product prices depending on the [Customer Type](#user-content-fn-1)[^1] to which your customer belongs.

Price updates can be sitewide or limited to specific products by setting your eligibility criteria.

Here are some examples of how **Customer Type Pricing** can be used.

<table><thead><tr><th width="251">Strategy</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>VIP</strong> <strong>Preferential Pricing</strong></td><td>Automatically decrease prices by 10% sitewide for your 'VIP' Customer Type.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Promotional Pricing</strong></td><td>Automatically decrease prices of Walking Boots by 10% for your 'Hikers' Customer Type.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Price Testing</strong></td><td>Price a specific product or range differently across multiple Customer Types to test engagement and transaction volume.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contract Pricing (B2B)</strong></td><td>Automatically adjust prices depending upon contractual agreements, controlled by unique Customer Types.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="danger" %}
Customers must be logged in to your website to receive their unique pricing.
{% endhint %}

***

### Put products on Sale

Make a product, or a group of products, available for purchase at a reduced price.

Venditan Commerce supports the following **Sale Pricing** models.

<table><thead><tr><th width="224">Model</th><th width="412">Summary</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Percentage</strong></td><td>Offer a percentage reduction on the original price.</td><td>20% off</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Fixed Amount</strong></td><td>Offer a monetary discount on the original price.</td><td>£20 off</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Markup</strong></td><td>Percentage reduction and percentage addition.</td><td>N/A</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Markup on Cost Price</strong></td><td>Tends to be used for staff discount pricing.</td><td>N/A</td></tr></tbody></table>

You can set a priority order to dictate which price should take precedence if running multiple sales. This helps you to prevent overlapping or stacking of sale prices.

You can create your campaign with complete control over the chosen products and the sale duration.

Sale Pricing can be scheduled in advance.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you're interested in Sale Pricing, you may also be interested in our [**Offers & Vouchers**](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/offers-and-vouchers) section.
{% endhint %}

***

### Adjust prices by Sales Channel

Venditan Commerce can support a **Channel-Based Pricing Strategy**, meaning you can price a product differently depending on where it is sold.

You can differentiate prices across the following Sales Channels:

* Across different eCommerce websites.
* Multiple retail stores.
* Third-party marketplaces, like Amazon and eBay.
* Social commerce platforms, like Facebook, Instagram and TikTok.
* Marketing channels, like Google Ads.
* Temporary pop-up stores.

{% hint style="info" %}
The [**Inventory Updater Tool**](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-management#update-your-product-information) or [**Bulk Import/Export**](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-management#update-your-product-information) feature can manage channel-based pricing in bulk.
{% endhint %}

***

### Adjust prices by Region and Currency

Control product pricing when targeting different countries and their respective currencies.

This can be handled automatically using our imported currency exchange rates, which are updated daily.&#x20;

Rounding rules can then be implemented to produce consistent pricing, e.g. rounded up, .95p, and .99p.

Your website will require a [country selector](/docs/sell-internationally/websites-and-sales-channels#launch-a-multilingual-ecommerce-website) or [domain-level strategy](/docs/sell-internationally/websites-and-sales-channels#launch-a-multilingual-ecommerce-website) (which could include separate domains or subdomains) so customers can select their local country or region.

Once selected or detected through geolocation, your store will display in their local currency and use your adjusted prices.

Your adjusted prices can also be used if you sell your products on international marketplaces such as Amazon, US, and Alibaba.

***

### Schedule future price changes

You can schedule the date and time that price changes should occur, and specify whether the changes are temporary or permanent.

***

### Set up Pricing Restrictions

Set up **Pricing Restrictions** for products from a specific Brand, Department, Season, or Category, and at an individual product level.

You can also use [Product Tags](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#product-tags) to restrict prices for a unique group of products.

You can use this feature to ensure that your prices adhere to minimum advertised price policies (MAP), and are not advertised or promoted below your restricted price.

***

### Set up a Subscription pricing model

Set up a Subscription model for your products, whereby the customer can choose to receive the product regularly for a recurring price.

You can set the collection interval to any desired length (for example, monthly, bi-monthly or annual).

This can either be offered as a flat-rate subscription or used in conjunction with your Volume Pricing model.

{% hint style="success" %}
Venditan Commerce can support a **subscription model** from end-to-end, covering [order fulfilment](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms), [recurring billing](/docs/payments/payment-types#subscriptions-and-repeat-purchases) and subscription customer management.
{% endhint %}

[^1]: [**Customer Types**](/docs/customer-management-crm/customer-data#create-and-assign-customer-types) bucket your Customers into different categories. Our default Customer Types are Retail, Trade and Guest. You can create custom Customer Types.


# Taxes

Venditan Commerce simplifies the complexity of tax management by setting up Tax Rules for your delivery destinations, products, Customer Types, or a combination of criteria.

***

### Simplify your tax settings using Tax Rules

Venditan Commerce includes an extensive Tax management system that allows us to configure the rates that are applied to your:

* Products
* Customer Types
* Delivery Methods
* Shipping destinations
* A combination of the above

Tax is managed by creating Tax Rules for the country in which you operate.

{% hint style="success" %}
**No tax headaches, we'll handle it**

Our team will configure your Tax Rules during your switch to Venditan Commerce, guaranteeing compliance from the moment you launch.
{% endhint %}

**Tax Rules** consist of:

* **Name:** Names the Tax Rule.
* **Tax Rate:** The percentage rate applied to the product, governed by the law of the country where the sale is being performed.

**Tax Rates** consist of:

<table><thead><tr><th width="199">Data</th><th>Purpose</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Name</strong></td><td>Names the Tax Rate.</td><td>VAT</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Country</strong></td><td>Defines the target country of the Tax Rate.</td><td>United Kingdom</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Value</strong></td><td>Defines the percentage markup that should be applied.</td><td>20%</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Effective From/To</strong></td><td>Used for scheduling changes in Tax Rate.</td><td>When VAT changed from 17.5% to 20% in 2011.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales Channel</strong></td><td>Limits the Tax Rule to a specific Sales Channel.</td><td>Selling on an international marketplace.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Type</strong></td><td>Limits the Tax Rule to a specific Customer Type.</td><td>Tax exemptions for military personnel.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Taxable Group</strong></td><td>Limits the Tax Rule to a subset of products by applying criteria across:<br><br>Product Category, Department, Product Tags, Sales Audience</td><td>Reduced or exempt Tax Rates for specific goods or services, like antiques and second hand goods. </td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Reduced Rate, Zero-Rated and Exempt Products

Product Tags are used to tag specific products for special treatment.

The tagged products are specified when setting up the Taxable Group within the Tax Rate.

#### Charge Tax on Gross Profit only

Taxable Groups can also be set up to charge the Tax Rate on gross profit only.&#x20;

{% hint style="success" %}
Tax Rules can be adjusted on an ongoing basis to accommodate changes in regulations or your business needs, we typically handle this for our clients on an ongoing basis.
{% endhint %}

***

### First-match application of Tax Rules

Venditan Commerce uses a **first-match basis** approach to apply Tax Rules.

This ensures that the most specific and relevant tax regulations are prioritised for the delivery destination.&#x20;

***

### :electric\_plug: Integration: Use Avalara for advanced international Tax Rules

Venditan Commerce is integrated with **Avalara**, a leading third-party tax management solution that handles complex international tax regulations.

Avalara allows us to automate the entire tax calculation process, ensuring accuracy and compliance across multiple jurisdictions where the rates can be highly variable, e.g. Across the United States of America.

When a Customer completes a purchase on your website, the product basket details are sent to Avalara.&#x20;

Avalara then calculates the applicable taxes and returns the information instantly, ensuring the correct amount is charged. This entire process happens automatically, providing a smooth and transparent experience for the customer.

***

### Manage HMRC & Exports data for your products

Venditan Commerce can handle critical product information if you export products overseas.

<table><thead><tr><th width="235">Data</th><th>Purpose</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Country of Origin</strong></td><td>Specifies the economic nationality of each product. This information is essential for determining applicable trade agreements, tariffs, and regulations that may affect your goods during export.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Export Commodity Code</strong></td><td>Crucial for calculating the correct rate of Customs Duty, import VAT, and applicable taxes.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Import Commodity Code</strong></td><td>Assists in determining the duties and taxes imposed by the importing country, facilitating smoother customs clearance and compliance with local regulations.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Composition</strong></td><td>Document the raw materials that each product is made from.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Support for Import One-Stop-Shop (IOSS) scheme

Venditan Commerce supports VAT charging under the IOSS scheme.

This means orders received from EU member states will have the relevant VAT for the state added automatically - *only* if the Order Total is below the IOSS threshold of 150 EUR.

If the order is above that threshold, then VAT won't be added to the Order.

***

### Access Tax breakdowns with in-built reporting

Access tax breakdowns with built-in reporting that can be scheduled to be sent to an email address at a frequency of your choice.&#x20;

#### **For VAT Returns: Sales by Tax Report**

Gain insights into your sales performance across different Sales Channels.

Review sales exclusive of tax and tax amounts for each Sales Channel. The data is broken down by Tax Rate, providing a day-by-day view over a selected date range.

#### **For Reconciliation: Payment Receipts Report**

Track individual transactions processed through your website.

This report breaks down transactions by payment types: credit card, debit card and E-voucher.&#x20;

Each transaction is itemised, showing the tax charged, allowing you to reconcile payments and taxes accurately.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Reports & Analytics](/docs/reports-and-analytics)
{% endhint %}


# Stock/Warehouse Management (WMS)

From Supplier Management and Purchase Order generation to receiving and storing new stock in your warehouse – Venditan Commerce can support it all.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Suppliers &#x26; Purchasing</strong></td><td>Identifying low stock and creating Purchase Orders.</td><td><a href="/pages/HJcjI2MuASKchMcJ9MxP">/pages/HJcjI2MuASKchMcJ9MxP</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Receiving &#x26; Putaway</strong></td><td>Booking new Stock into Venditan Commerce.</td><td><a href="/pages/gfgk6zTLUEw2DK5AM4ZQ">/pages/gfgk6zTLUEw2DK5AM4ZQ</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Control &#x26; Warehousing</strong></td><td>Managing stock levels across your Locations.</td><td><a href="/pages/hnD8fXajS0JWGBYWGyu1">/pages/hnD8fXajS0JWGBYWGyu1</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Suppliers & Purchasing

Identify your replenishment needs, and then create Purchase Orders with the Suppliers you manage through Venditan Commerce.

***

### Create Suppliers in Venditan Commerce

Creating suppliers in Venditan Commerce is a fundamental first step in using our purchasing functionality.

You can manage the following basic information against a Supplier.

<table><thead><tr><th width="210">Data</th><th>Purpose</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Name</strong></td><td>Names the Supplier.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Code</strong></td><td>Provides a reference code for management and tracking.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Address</strong></td><td>Added to printed communication.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contact Information</strong></td><td>Collects the Supplier's Phone Number, Email and Website addresses.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contact Points</strong></td><td>Collects the Names and Phone Numbers of important contacts at the Supplier.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Concealed Locations</strong></td><td>Conceals this Supplier's information at specified <a data-footnote-ref href="#user-content-fn-1">Stock Locations</a>, hiding sensitive information like Cost Prices and Reports.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Notes</strong></td><td>Used to add internal reference notes about the Supplier.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Currency</strong></td><td>Defines the currencies you use with the Supplier.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Account Number</strong></td><td>Used to add your purchase ledger/account number when using an accounting integration.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payment Terms</strong></td><td>Logs the payment schedule you have agreed with the Supplier.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Days to Deliver</strong></td><td>Defines a default number of days the Supplier takes to fulfil an order, which helps generate expected delivery dates for Purchase Orders, and website order urgency messaging.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Credit Limit</strong></td><td>Defines the maximum amount of credit that can be extended to you by the Supplier.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
Our team will set up your **Suppliers** when you switch to Venditan Commerce, and you can add new Suppliers over time with full training provided.
{% endhint %}

***

### :electric\_plug: Integrate with your Suppliers

Supplier management can be enhanced by integrating Venditan Commerce directly with your suppliers to obtain additional product data and stock information.&#x20;

We can acquire supplier stock data in several ways, including manual upload, `FTP`, `API`, or `URL`.&#x20;

This will depend upon the supplier's integration provisions and how deep you need the integration with Venditan Commerce to be.

***

### Link your Suppliers to your products

**Supplier Links** connect Suppliers to the products you purchase from them, allowing you to manage sourcing, lead times, and cost data directly within Venditan Commerce.\
\
When creating a Supplier Link, you can add the following information:

* **Lead Time**
* **Cost Price** (excluding Tax)
* **Primary Supplier**: Designate a Supplier as the primary option for the linked product.
* **Order on Demand**: When enabled, this indicates that the product is only ordered from the supplier when a customer places an order. This feeds into functionality such as dropshipping and just-in-time purchasing.

A product can have multiple Suppliers linked to it, each with their own set of values.

Supplier Links can be created using the [Inventory Updater Tool](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-management#update-your-product-information), bulk product importer, or by directly editing an individual product.

***

### Use the Supplier Replenishment Tool to generate Purchase Orders

Our **Supplier Replenishment Tool** is designed to replicate your periodic replenishment process.

This tool allows you to evaluate a filtered group of products by first choosing:

* Specific Departments, Categories, or Manufacturers/Brands.
* The Supplier you are ordering from.
* The [Stock Location](#user-content-fn-1)[^1] you are ordering from, e.g., a warehouse or retail store.

The tool will then provide you with recommended replenishment quantities, using:

* Your [Minimum, Maximum and Ideal Stock Level Settings](#user-content-fn-2)[^2].
* Your current Stock Levels.
* What is due to arrive from open Purchase Orders.

You will also be provided with a Purchase Order Value. If this value is within the Credit Limit set for the Supplier, it will display <mark style="color:green;">green</mark>; if not, it will display <mark style="color:red;">red</mark> to alert you of a potential issue.

The key functions of the Supplier Replenishment Tool are:

* **Product Selection**: Choose the products you want to reorder by marking their checkbox.
* **Historic Sales Data**: Access sales data for the last 30 days to inform your decision-making.
* **Data Export**: Export current Stock Levels to perform manual calculations.
* **Filterable View**: Option to exclude items or show the complete list of segmented products.
* **Generate a Purchase Order**: Generate the Purchase Order directly from the Supplier Replenishment Tool.

***

### Automated Replenishment: Auto-generate new Purchase Orders for review

**Automated Replenishment** uses your products’ [Minimum, Maximum and Ideal Stock Level Settings](#user-content-fn-2)[^2], sales throughput data, and open Purchase Orders to generate new Purchase Orders according to a set schedule automatically.

The generated Purchase Orders are held for review, and your team can make the necessary adjustments before finalising them and sending them to the supplier.

Venditan Commerce also supports **Direct Dispatch**, enabling you to generate Purchase Orders for specific customers. These POs are created with the customer’s delivery address and can be sent directly to the supplier for fulfilment, ideal for just-in-time procurement or dropship-style operations.

Progress is saved automatically, allowing you to revisit and complete the Purchase Orders at a later time if needed.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Should you use Automated Replenishment?**

Automated Replenishment is ideal for businesses managing a high volume of Purchase Orders across multiple Stock Locations.

This feature could be the solution if your current replenishment process costs your business time. It simplifies replenishment at scale, reducing manual effort and helping ensure stock is restocked promptly and efficiently.
{% endhint %}

***

### Manually create new Purchase Orders

Manually create new Purchase Orders from within Venditan Commerce.

The typical process is as follows.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Start the Purchase Order

Start by specifying the Stock Location, Supplier, and Season to categorise the Purchase Order.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Enter the Items and Quantities

Add items to the Purchase Order by searching your inventory using Product Codes or Titles. Input the desired quantities; this automatically populates Stock Costs and provides an expected delivery date based on the Lead Time within the Supplier Link.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Pre-assign Bins

Designate the Bin[^3] for each item to facilitate quicker away upon receipt. By default, the platform will suggest a Bin.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Enter Additional Information

Input and review details such as Delivery Information, Supplier References, Internal References, and a backdated Purchase Order History for comprehensive record-keeping.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Review and Approve the Purchase Order

Review the Purchase Order and [build in your approval process](/docs/admin-and-tools/users-and-access) for tiered sign-off of Purchase Orders before they are sent to Suppliers. Progress is saved automatically, allowing you to revisit and complete the Purchase Orders at a later time if needed.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Place the Purchase Order

Automatically send it to the Supplier if integrated, or download it as a CSV / print it out for manual processing.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Set up CC email addresses for Purchase Order communication

Users can add CC (carbon copy) email addresses to supplier records within Venditan Commerce.

When a Purchase Order is sent from the platform, it’s automatically delivered to both the primary Supplier contact and any CC addresses saved against that Supplier.

This ensures everyone who needs visibility, such as accounts, warehouse, or purchasing teams, receives a copy of the PO without needing to forward emails manually. It helps maintain clear communication, improves traceability of orders, and reduces the risk of missed updates or delayed processing on the supplier’s side.

CC addresses can be updated at any time via the supplier record, giving full control over who receives purchase order communications.

***

### Import your Purchase Orders

Use of our in-built Purchase Order Management system is encouraged, but optionally, you can continue to generate Purchase Orders externally and then import them into Venditan Commerce.

This will ensure that all orders are tracked and managed within the system for accurate [receiving](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/receiving-and-putaway) and subsequent updates to your Stock Levels.

***

### Manage your open Purchase Orders

Manage your Purchase Orders efficiently and maintain control over your purchasing process.&#x20;

Venditan Commerce provides a comprehensive set of tools to review, edit, and track Purchase Orders, ensuring that all aspects of your purchasing are handled effectively.

Key functionality includes:

* **Listing Purchase Orders**: View a comprehensive list of all Purchase Orders, with options to filter and search for specific orders.
* **Internal and Supplier References**: Add internal references and Supplier references to include important details that both your team and the Supplier may need.
* **Internal Notes**: Add internal notes to document relevant information for team members.
* **Purchase Order Tags**: Tag Purchase Orders for improved organisation and automation.
* **Linked Orders**: Manage Purchase Orders linked to specific customer orders, ideal for dropshipping.
* **Attachments**: Attach relevant documents, such as delivery notes, for internal use and record-keeping.
* **Urgency Flag**: Mark Purchase Orders as urgent to prioritise their processing and ensure timely approval.

***

### Generate Purchase Orders for back-ordered products

If you sell products that you don’t have physical stock of, Venditan Commerce will collect these products on the **Request to Purchase** screen when orders are placed against them.

This screen allows you to review the products your Suppliers need to satisfy backorders.

These orders have no stock allocated to them; effectively, they are held in transit for your review.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Request to Purchase Algorithm**

Request to Purchase is powered by an algorithm generated by our stock allocation process.

This is generated every few minutes by assessing all open orders and available stock to determine which orders can be fulfilled and which cannot.
{% endhint %}

The products that cannot be allocated are listed on this screen and are ready for you to review and raise Purchase Orders for the necessary stock.

The back-ordered products will be added if you already have a Purchase Order open for that Supplier.

This will use the Primary Supplier for the product, but you can select an alternative Supplier if needed.

***

### Run a Stock Take Report

Run the **Stock Take Report** to obtain a comprehensive snapshot of current Stock Levels for all or a specific subset of your inventory.

This feature allows you to generate a detailed report reflecting the real-time status of your stock.

The report can be exported as a CSV file, enabling you to identify replenishment needs manually.

You can then create Purchase Orders within Venditan Commerce, or externally raise them with your suppliers and import them into the system for accurate tracking.

***

### Receive Reorder Alerts

Receive **Reorder Alerts** via email when products drop to their specified Reorder Threshold.

This feature automatically monitors Stock Levels for chosen products and sends email notifications when their stock falls below the pre-set threshold.

{% hint style="success" %}
Venditan Commerce's [**Automated Replenishment**](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/suppliers-and-purchasing#automated-replenishment-auto-generate-new-purchase-orders-for-review) functionality has superseded Re-Order Alerts.
{% endhint %}

[^1]: [**Stock Locations**](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/stock-control-and-warehousing#structure-your-stock-management-with-locations-stores-and-bins) are the individual locations you use to hold stock, such as warehouses, fulfilment centres and physical stores.

[^2]: [**Minimum, Maximum and Ideal Stock Level Settings**](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/stock-control-and-warehousing#set-up-min-max-and-ideal-stock-levels-for-products) set stock thresholds for reordering and optimising stock levels.

[^3]: [**Bins**](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/stock-control-and-warehousing#structure-your-stock-management-with-locations-stores-and-bins) are the individual storage containers within your Stock Location.


# Receiving & Putaway

Use intuitive handheld scanners to process new stock into your warehouse or storeroom with maximum efficiency.

***

### Receive Advanced Shipping Notices (ASN) into Venditan Commerce

ASNs can be received into Venditan Commerce, providing anticipatory information about incoming supplier deliveries before they arrive.

Your team can then pre-verify the accuracy of the shipment against your open Purchase Orders before physical receipt, identifying and resolving discrepancies early.

{% hint style="danger" %}
Venditan Commerce must be integrated with your Supplier to receive ASNs into the platform.
{% endhint %}

***

### Verify a shipment against a Purchase Order or ASN

Once a shipment arrives, your team will need to verify it against an open Purchase Order or Advanced Shipping Notice (ASN) to:

* Accurately book the new stock into Venditan Commerce.
* Identify discrepancies.

Our handheld scanners can be configured to follow your preferred workflow, but our standard receiving process is as follows.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Arrival

The shipment arrives on site.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Select the Purchase Order or ASN

Identify the open Purchase Order or ASN corresponding to the incoming shipment.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Begin scanning and inputting quantities

The team scans barcodes on the received goods using handheld scanners, logging the quantities as they go.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Automated inventory matching

Venditan Commerce runs checks to match scanned Bbrcodes with the correct inventory records in the platform.

Based on your product data configuration, this verification can be performed against the Product Code (SKU), Barcode, or Supplier Code.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Discrepancy logging :warning:

If there is a mismatch between the scanned inventory and the ASN or Purchase Order, the handheld device will emit an audible warning.

This feature alerts the receiving team to discrepancies so they can address issues by notifying the Supplier.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Booked into a Holding Bin

Once verification is complete, the receiver confirms the scanned goods on the handheld device.

All goods are then ‘booked in’ to a designated ‘*Holding*’ bin.

This could be a physical location in your warehouse, but in Venditan Commerce, it's just a digital holding space for the stock data before the Putaway process is initiated.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="danger" %}
The corresponding Purchase Order must be stored in Venditan Commerce for efficient receiving. If the Purchase Order was raised externally from the platform, [it must be imported](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/suppliers-and-purchasing#import-your-purchase-orders) for accurate receiving verification.
{% endhint %}

***

### Produce a Goods Received Note (GRN) for the shipment

Once the goods have been verified and quantities tracked within the platform, you can generate a detailed **GRN** that documents precisely what was received.

The GRN is returned to the Supplier to acknowledge that the goods have been delivered and received.&#x20;

If Venditan Commerce is integrated with your supplier, the GRN is automatically generated and sent to them.

Alternatively, you can export the GRN as a document (e.g., PDF) for manual processing.

The GRN is stored in Venditan Commerce for future reference. This stored record aids in the direct putaway of goods by providing a reference for locating and organising the applicable storage Bins.

***

### Follow guided routes to put away your goods

Generate **Guided Putaway** routes through your warehouse to efficiently store goods in the correct Bins.

Our handheld scanners can use your warehouse mapping and putaway strategy to calculate the most efficient route from the Holding Bin to the designated Bins, reducing unnecessary back-and-forth movement.

We consult with you during onboarding to tailor this process to your putaway strategy, but a typical putaway process is as follows.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Start Guided Putaway

The user selects the Guided Putaway option on the handheld device.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Scan the Holding Bin

They scan the Holding Bin's barcode which triggers a check for active GRNs.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Select the GRN

The user receives a list of GRNs with their Purchase Orders and selects one to put away.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Review and Scan Goods

The handheld provides a list of products and quantities to be put away. The user scans the items and enters the present amounts.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Follow the Guided Putaway route

Venditan Commerce calculates a Guided Putaway route and instructs the user on the optimal path, e.g., "`GO TO BIN 75.`"

The user follows these instructions, scans the Bin, and stores the product(s) as directed.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Complete the Guided Putaway process

Wait for all putaway tasks to be completed and submit the process.

Stock is now booked in, and Venditan Commerce automatically updates Stock Levels for your inventory upon completion.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Users can make manual adjustments or override suggested paths if needed, providing flexibility to address unique situations or preferences.

***

### Manually put away your new inventory

Manually handle the putaway process without guided routes, providing a simple method for storing inventory.

A typical **manual putaway** process is as follows.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Start Manual Putaway

The user begins by scanning the barcode of the Holding Bin using their handheld device. This action confirms that the items are being moved from the Holding Bin.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Scan and Input Quantities

They scan each item's barcode and input the inventory's quantity into the handheld device. This records the number of items being processed.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Select a Storage Bin

They manually decide which storage Bin the new inventory will be moved to.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
**Transport and Scan**

They take the inventory to the selected storage Bin and scan its barcode. This action notifies Venditan Commerce of the new inventory location.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Update Inventory Records

Venditan Commerce automatically updates Stock Levels and records the new storage location once the items are scanned into their new Bin.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Reconcile Goods Received Notes (GRN) against invoices

Reconcile Goods Received Notes (GRN) against invoices to ensure that the quantities and prices billed by the supplier match what was received.

This feature assists finance teams in identifying and addressing discrepancies, providing a clear summary that can be integrated into your finance software.

Key functionality includes:

* **GRN and Invoice Matching**: At the point of delivery, set the invoice number against the corresponding GRN. If the receiving team does not have the invoice number, it can be added later.
* **List of Associated GRNs**: When starting the reconciliation process, generate a list of GRNs associated with a specific invoice number. This will provide a detailed view of what was received against what was billed.
* **Summary of Reconciliation**: Venditan Commerce generates an overview of the reconciliation process, highlighting any discrepancies in quantity and price between the GRN and the invoice.
* **Update Cost Prices**: Adjust cost prices within Venditan Commerce to account for discrepancies identified during the reconciliation process.
* **Automated Discrepancy Emails**: Generate automated discrepancy emails that can be sent directly to the supplier, detailing the issues found and requesting resolution.
* :electric\_plug: **Integration with Finance Software**: Download the reconciliation summary in a format compatible with Sage Line 50. Similar downloads can be provided for other finance software.

***

### Receive and process returned products

Assign products to appropriate holding Bins depending on the customer's return reason.

For example:

* **Damaged Goods Bin**: Bin for returned products due to damage.
* **Warranty Returns Bin**: Bin for products returned under warranty.
* **Exchange Bin**: Bin for products returned as part of an exchange process.
* **Simple Returns Bin**: Bin for all returns if detailed categorisation is not required.

Products in good condition and suitable for resale are re-booked into your inventory. Then, following the manual putaway process, they are scanned and stored back into their appropriate Bins.

Products that cannot be resold or are beyond repair are marked as obsolete or written off.

Venditan Commerce updates Stock Levels based on the actions taken for each returned product. This ensures accurate stock counts and reflects any changes in inventory status.

{% hint style="info" %}
Venditan Commerce contains a full [**Return Merchandise Authorisation (RMA) system**](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/returns-and-exchanges) and can support returns processes of all scales.
{% endhint %}


# Stock Control & Warehousing

Once new stock is booked into your business, it must be meticulously managed and tracked. Learn more about how you can manage your Stock Levels and Locations ongoing.

***

### Set up Min, Max and Ideal Stock Levels for products

Manage your stock effectively by setting up Minimum, Maximum, and Ideal **Stock Level Settings** for each product.

<table><thead><tr><th width="270">Data</th><th>Purpose</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Minimum Stock Level (Min)</strong></td><td>Defines the minimum quantity of stock that should be maintained. This triggers replenishment actions to prevent stockouts and ensure product availability.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Maximum Stock Level (Max)</strong></td><td>Defines the maximum quantity of stock you can hold. This prevents overstocking and helps manage storage space efficiently.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ideal Stock Level (Ideal)</strong></td><td>Optional: Defines the optimum stock level for each product. This helps maintain a balanced inventory, ensuring enough stock to meet demand without overstocking.</td></tr></tbody></table>

If you have multiple warehouses or retail stores, Stock Level Settings can be controlled and configured for each product by individual Location.

For example, due to increased demand, your Ideal Stock Level for a product may be higher for one retail store than another.

Our Supplier Replenishment Tool uses these settings, current Stock Levels, and open Purchase Orders to provide recommended replenishment quantities for new Purchase Orders.

{% hint style="success" %}

#### Automate the management of your Stock Level Settings

Venditan Commerce can automatically calculate and adjust your Stock Level Settings based on current sales figures.

This can be extended to work with other datasets, allowing for dynamic adjustments based on changing sales patterns, seasonal trends, and other relevant factors.
{% endhint %}

***

### Structure your stock management with Locations, Stores and Bins

A ‘**Location, Store and Bin**’ structure manages stock arrangement across your business.

<table><thead><tr><th width="134">Tier</th><th width="395">Purpose</th><th>Examples</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Location</strong></td><td>Establishes a premises you use to store stock.</td><td>Warehouses, Retail Stores</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Store</strong></td><td>Segments the Location into manageable areas, making it easier to locate and manage Bins.</td><td>Holding, Returns, Shop Sections</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Bin</strong></td><td>Segments the Store into individual storage containers.</td><td>Usually numbered or coded to your conventions.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Evert individual product you have is designated to a Bin, facilitating accurate, real-time stock tracking and efficient receiving, putaway, transfer and fulfilment processes.

{% hint style="success" %}
Bins are barcoded and Venditan Commerce supports the printing of shelf edge labels.
{% endhint %}

***

### Support for Warehouse Mapping

We can map the layout of your warehouse location into Venditan Commerce to visualise the layout of Stores and Bins based on their size, shape, and orientation.

This visualisation helps Venditan Commerce to understand and optimise the storage space and is used in our Guided Putaway and Directed Order Picking features.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Workshopped in detail during your switch to us**

We workshop with you to determine the best setup for your needs. Whether you have multiple warehouses to map or a single shop storeroom, we will configure this for you and advise on best practices.
{% endhint %}

***

### Transfer stock from one Location to another

Transferring stock between stores is a common requirement to fulfil orders when stock isn’t immediately available.

Transfers can be initiated manually or automatically proposed.

* **Manual**: Users can initiate a transfer from Venditan Commerce or our [EPOS system](/docs/in-store-epos). They specify the source Location, target Location, each item to be transferred and their respective quantities. The specified details create an **Internal Stock Transfer** that remains pending until the stock is picked and dispatched from the source Location.
* **Automatic**: Venditan Commerce can automatically propose Internal Stock Transfers based on stock availability across Locations. For example, if an order is placed and the store lacks sufficient stock, but another has the required stock, Venditan Commerce automatically suggests an stock transfer.

***

### Transfer stock from one Bin to another

Transferring stock between Bins is crucial for reorganising or consolidating warehouse space.

This process can be efficiently managed using the '**Bin Transfer**' feature.

Using our handheld scanners, the user scans the source Bin, then each item and inputs the quantities to be moved.

Next, they transport the items to the target Bin, scan them, and drop them off.

Venditan Commerce automatically updates Stock Levels to reflect the new locations of the items.

{% hint style="warning" %}
This process is built into our handhelds, but it can also be initiated directly from Venditan Commerce, with barcode details manually entered instead of using the devices.
{% endhint %}

***

### Assess your current Stock Levels

There are numerous ways to assess the Stock Levels across your business.

<table><thead><tr><th width="271">Method</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Supplier Replenishment Tool</strong></td><td>Evaluate Stock Levels for a filtered subset of products and generate a Purchase Order for the depleted inventory.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Bin Stock Take</strong></td><td>Evaluate the stock contained within a Bin against the expected Stock Levels held in Venditan Commerce.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Take Report</strong></td><td>Evaluate Stock Levels for your entire inventory or a filtered subset of products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Manual Stock Take</strong></td><td>Physically count stock and input the collected data into Venditan Commerce.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Supplier Replenishment Tool

The Supplier Replenishment Tool allows you to filter a set of products, and then evaluate Stock Levels and raise a Purchase Order by:

* Specifying the Departments, Categories, or Manufacturers/Brands.
* Choosing the Supplier you are ordering from.
* Choosing the Location you are ordering for.

The tool will then provide you with current Stock Levels, along with recommended replenishment quantities based on your Minimum, Maximum and Ideal Stock Level Settings.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Supplier Replenishment Tool](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/suppliers-and-purchasing#use-the-supplier-replenishment-tool-to-generate-purchase-orders)
{% endhint %}

#### Bin Stock Take

Conduct annual or more frequent stock takes efficiently using our handheld devices.&#x20;

This allows you to perform precise stock takes for individual Bins, ensuring accurate inventory records and reconciliation.

You use Venditan Commerce to create a **Stock Snapshot** for a specific Bin. The snapshot records the Bin's known Stock Levels.

You can:

* **Name the Snapshot**
* **Filter Stock**: Choose to include only specific stock items within the Bin or exclude items with zero stock.
* **Preview Report**: Review the snapshot before finalising it to ensure it meets your requirements.
* **Download as CSV**: Export the snapshot as a CSV file to assist with stock-taking.

Once the Stock Snapshot has been generated, you can use the handheld device to count the stock quantities within the Bin and input the counted quantities.

Finally, return to Venditan Commerce to compare the scanned quantities with the Stock Snapshot and decide whether to write off discrepancies or create new stock records to adjust for any differences.

#### Stock Take Report

Run a **Stock Take Report** to get a comprehensive overview of the stock within your business.&#x20;

You can filter the report by criteria such as Brand, Department, Category, Location, Store, Bin, or Supplier.

Once your filters are applied, the report can be generated and downloaded as a CSV file, or reviewed in-platform using a spreadsheet-style interface.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Stock/Inventory Reporting](/docs/reports-and-analytics/stock-inventory)
{% endhint %}

#### Manual Stock Take

The platform supports a fully manual stock-take process. With this method, you physically count the stock and then input the collected data into the platform.&#x20;

This can be done in real-time as you count each item or by gathering the data and updating the stock levels within the platform.

This manual approach provides flexibility for those who prefer not to use scanning technology or when scanners are unavailable.

***

### Support for serialised products

Track and manage individual products by assigning and recording serial numbers as unique identifiers.

Monitor the movement of serialised products throughout the inventory lifecycle, including receipt, storage, and dispatch.

Link serial numbers to warranty records and service history, simplifying the process of handling returns and repairs and reducing fraud.


# Order Management & Fulfilment (OMS)

Capture orders from across your Sales Cannels into a centralised OMS for end-to-end fulfilment.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order Capture &#x26; Management</strong></td><td>Capturing Orders, Order Statuses and Order Details.</td><td><a href="/pages/wWgOrWaeoq5fJKVnnkAl">/pages/wWgOrWaeoq5fJKVnnkAl</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Picking</strong></td><td>Pick products for Orders using handheld scanner devices.</td><td><a href="/pages/QJT8DxPvbPkmSrsutbSL">/pages/QJT8DxPvbPkmSrsutbSL</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Packing</strong></td><td>Pack Orders following a guided system for verification.</td><td><a href="/pages/QJT8DxPvbPkmSrsutbSL">/pages/QJT8DxPvbPkmSrsutbSL</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Dispatch</strong></td><td>Set up Delivery Methods and Shipping Rules.</td><td><a href="/pages/kCnbHqeoH3BumtfIW3gO">/pages/kCnbHqeoH3BumtfIW3gO</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Returns &#x26; Exchanges</strong></td><td>Manage returned products and product exchanges.</td><td><a href="/pages/Ju73LErzBr54S0pae1JI">/pages/Ju73LErzBr54S0pae1JI</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Order Capture & Management

Our OMS helps multi-channel merchants capture Orders across all their Sales Channels and manage them from one control point.

***

### Capture Orders across all of your Sales Channels

Centralise your order management by consolidating Orders from multiple **Sales Channels** into one unified OMS for fulfilment.

Depending on where you sell your products, this may include:

* **Multiple eCommerce websites**: Manage and track Orders across various websites from a single control point.
* **Physical stores**: Collect Orders placed in physical retail locations by assigning them to registered customers or processing them as guest transactions.
* **Third-party marketplaces**: Sync Orders generated from third-party platforms such as Amazon and eBay directly into the platform for fulfilment.&#x20;
* **Pop-Up Stores**: Set up temporary Sales Channels for specific events or trade shows, capturing Orders on the go.

#### Custom Order Number Prefixes by Sales Channel

Add custom Prefixes to Order Numbers by Sales Channel. For example, add 'AMZ' as a prefix for your Amazon Orders.

***

### Automatically allocate stock to Orders

When you receive a new order, Venditan Commerce's **Part Allocation** process will automatically allocate available stock to it.

The process works in the background to assess your Stock Levels, allocate items to open Orders, and move them to the beginning of the fulfilment cycle where they can be added to a [Picking Group](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-picking#create-a-picking-group).

It follows a first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, prioritising older Orders before newer ones to ensure timely fulfilment.

The process also efficiently handles stock deallocation for orders that have been cancelled.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Manual stock allocation supported**

We can enable [manual stock allocation](/docs/b2b/b2b-orders#manually-allocate-stock-to-orders-preferentially), allowing you to prioritise specific customers or orders as needed.
{% endhint %}

***

### Track orders with custom Order Statuses

Monitor the progress of orders with **Order Statuses**.

Our standard Order Statuses are below.

<table><thead><tr><th width="193">Status</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Accepted</strong></td><td>The Order has been received and confirmed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Processing</strong></td><td>The Order is being prepared for fulfilment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Picking</strong></td><td>The products for the Order are being selected from your inventory.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Packing</strong></td><td>The picked products are being packaged for shipping.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Dispatched</strong></td><td>The Order has been shipped to the customer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Collected</strong></td><td>The Order has been collected by the customer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Returned</strong></td><td>The customer has sent the Order, or part of the order back.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payment Declined</strong></td><td>The payment attempt for the Order failed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Awaiting Payment</strong></td><td>The Order is pending payment before fulfilment can proceed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Open Credit Note</strong></td><td>A Credit Note has been issued but has not yet been processed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Posted Credit Note</strong></td><td>The Credit Note has been applied to the Customer Account.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cancelled</strong></td><td>The Order has been cancelled and will not be fulfilled.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>E-Vouchers</strong></td><td> Multiple eVouchers have been used as a payment method.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Custom Order Statuses**

Is your fulfilment workflow unique? We can support custom Order Statuses to build your order fulfilment flow into Venditan Commerce.
{% endhint %}

***

### Review and edit your Orders

Once a customer places an Order through any of your Sales Channels, it will automatically appear in the Orders areas of Venditan Commerce.

This interface is filterable, allowing you to easily navigate between Orders based on Order Status, Branch, and User, or by searching using Order Number, Date, or Customer Name.

#### Review Order Information

You can open an Order to review its information.

Standard information held against an Order will include:

<table><thead><tr><th width="216">Data</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order Date/Time</strong></td><td>The date and time the Order was placed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contact Details</strong></td><td>The name, phone number and email address of the Customer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Addresses</strong></td><td>The billing and delivery addresses for the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Number</strong></td><td>An automatically generated individual code for each order, e.g. XCUS001.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Source</strong></td><td>The Sales Channel that generated the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Lines</strong></td><td>A detailed breakdown of products, quantities, prices and stock availability within the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Status</strong></td><td>The current status of the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Totals and Tax</strong></td><td>Review total amounts, Tax breakdowns, and applied Offer Codes.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payment Method</strong></td><td>Verify the payment method used for the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Account Summary</strong></td><td>View Customer account balance if the order is paid by invoice or credit.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Dispatch Status</strong></td><td>Check the order's Dispatch Status.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Delivery Information</strong></td><td>Access details such as Shipping Weight and the number of boxes required to pack the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Notes</strong></td><td>Read any notes attached to the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order History</strong></td><td>Review the customer's past Order History.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Edit an Order

You can make the following adjustments to open Orders.

<table><thead><tr><th width="251">Action</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Change Delivery Address</strong></td><td>Update the Delivery Address as needed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Change Delivery Method</strong></td><td>Upgrade or alter the Delivery Method for the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Apply Offer Codes</strong></td><td>Retrospectively apply a Discount Code to the Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Modify Order Lines</strong></td><td>Add, remove, or edit Order Lines, or copy in products from another Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Add Order Tags</strong></td><td>Attach Order Tags for better organisation and tracking.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Add Notes</strong></td><td>Include internal notes for reference and communication.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Manually create an Order for a Customer

Manually create Orders and assign them to Customers from within Venditan Commerce.

#### Initiating the Order

Manual order creation is initiated from the customer's [Account](/docs/customer-management-crm/managing-customers).

If they don't have an Account, you must [create them](/docs/customer-management-crm/managing-customers#create-and-edit-customer-data) as a Customer first.

#### Creating the Order

When manually creating a new Order you can:

* **Create the Order**: Add Order Lines and specify quantities for each item within the Order.
* **Update Product Information**: Update the Product Titles to set custom Order Line descriptions.
* **Allocate Stock**: Specify preferred Stores and Bins for stock allocation.
* **Apply Discounts**: Apply Discounts to the Order.

#### Taking Payment

Once the Order is placed, you can process payment in the following ways:

* **Cardholder Not Present**: Enter credit or debit card details to be securely processed by your integrated payment gateway.
* **Non-Transactional Payment Types**: Apply a credit to the Customer’s balance without processing a payment through Venditan Commerce, assuming it’s handled externally, e.g. A cheque.
* **Balance**: If the Customer has an existing, unspent balance, you can skip the payment process and use their available balance to complete the Order.
* **Pay By Link**: Send an email with a link to request payment.

***

### Automatically hold Orders using rules and thresholds

Automatically hold Orders based on configurable **Order Rules** and thresholds, allowing you to manage potential issues before they escalate.

The following Order Rules are available:

| Rule                                                                         | Summary                                                                                                                                                | Example                                                             |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Delivery destination outside one or more countries**                       | The order is held if the shipping destination is not within allowed countries.                                                                         | Orders outside the UK and EU require manual approval.               |
| **Postcode within a defined list of postcodes**                              | The order is held if the delivery address matches a restricted or flagged postcode.                                                                    | Non-mainland UK postcodes.                                          |
| <p></p><p><strong>Does not have a valid delivery contact number</strong></p> | The order is held if a valid phone number is missing or incorrectly formatted.                                                                         | N/A                                                                 |
| **Products with specific attributes**                                        | The order is held if it contains products with defined [Product Attributes](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#product-attributes). | Orders with ‘fragile’ items require manual handling.                |
| **Products with one or more defined tags**                                   | The order is held if it includes products tagged with specific [Product Tags](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#product-tags).     | Orders with ‘Easter promotion' tagged-products receive a free gift. |
| **Open duplicate order**                                                     | The order is held if another order with the same details is already open.                                                                              | A customer places the same order twice in a short period.           |
| **Notes added**                                                              | The order is held if any notes are attached to it.                                                                                                     | A staff member adds an internal comment requiring review.           |
| **Notes with a specific prefix**                                             | The order is held if it includes notes that begin with a set prefix.                                                                                   | Notes prefixed with ‘MANUAL CHECK:’ trigger a hold.                 |
| **One or more defined Payment Types**                                        | The order is held if a specific payment method is used.                                                                                                | Orders paid via E-Voucher require approval.                         |
| **Specific Order Tag**                                                       | The order is held if it is tagged with a defined label.                                                                                                | Orders marked ‘manual review’ are automatically placed on hold.     |
| **Registered customer orders as a Guest**                                    | The order is held if an existing retail customer orders without logging in.                                                                            | Prevents duplicate accounts or lost loyalty benefits.               |
| **Not fulfillable from the dispatch location assigned**                      | The order is held if the assigned warehouse or store cannot fulfill it.                                                                                | The product is out of stock at the designated fulfillment centre.   |
| **Dangerous Goods**                                                          | The order contains a product that has a Dangerous Goods Inventory Tag.                                                                                 | Flammable or corrosive products.                                    |

The following Order Thresholds are available.

|                                 |                                                                          |                                                            |
| ------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Total Order Value**           | The order is held if it exceeds a set order value.                       | Orders over £1,000 require screening.                      |
| **Delivery Cost**               | The order is held if the delivery charge exceeds a set limit.            | Orders with a delivery cost over £20+ require review.      |
| **International Delivery Cost** | The order is held if the international shipping fee exceeds a set limit. | Orders with a £20+ international shipping fee need review. |

By default, Venditan Commerce automatically holds Orders pending payment confirmation or if the payment method is not working.

***

### Cancel an Order

You can cancel an Order at your discretion.

If stock is allocated to the Order, Part Allocation automatically returns it to your inventory and makes it available for another.

When cancelling an Order, you can select a **Cancellation Reason** for future reference—you can choose from preset options or create your own.

Our standard Cancellation Reasons are:

* Customer Cancelled
* Suspected Fraudulent
* Received Marketplace Cancellation Instruction
* Test Order
* Order Merged

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Returns & Exchanges](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/returns-and-exchanges)
{% endhint %}

***

### Automatically or manually split Orders

Split a single Order into two or more separate **Linked Orders**.

This feature can be configured to work automatically based on predefined rules, or for manual use at your discretion.

Orders can be automatically split when conditions are met, such as different product lead times or fulfilment from multiple [Stock Locations](#user-content-fn-1)[^1].

We can also enable partial fulfilment, which allows you to fulfil a portion of an Order and split off the remaining unfulfilled items into a separate, linked Order.

This is especially valuable in B2B eCommerce, where fulfilling Bulk Orders in waves can be crucial to meeting customers’ needs.

***

### Create and manage your Order Tags

Organise and categorise your orders with **Order Tags**.

Order Tags allow you to quickly identify, sort, and filter orders based on the tags you have applied. You can also group related Order Tags using Tag Groups for easier management.

***

### Email the Customer about the Order

Communicate directly with Customers by sending an email update from the Order View screen.

This feature lets you send personalised, ad-hoc order updates or address specific concerns outside the standard automated order communication.

***

### Mark an order as Urgent

To expedite the fulfilment process, you can mark an Order as **Urgent**.

This prioritises the Order within Venditan Commerce, visually highlighting its importance to your team and ensuring it receives immediate attention throughout each stage of fulfilment.

***

### Identify your Problematic Orders

Quickly list **Problematic Orders** to investigate the issues or place the orders on hold until the problems are resolved.&#x20;

Orders may be flagged for issues such as failed invoicing, invalid HMRC codes, exceeded shipping weight, or incorrect postcodes.

This helps you to identify errors early, preventing delays in fulfilment.

[^1]: [Stock Locations](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/stock-control-and-warehousing#structure-your-stock-management-with-locations-stores-and-bins) are the individual locations you use to hold stock, such as warehouses, fulfilment centres and physical stores.


# Order Picking

Identify Orders ready for fulfilment and efficiently pick the required products using purpose-built scanners that can support unique picking strategies.

***

### Create a Picking Group

Use Venditan Commerce's **Can Ship** system to collect and organise fulfillable Orders into a **Picking Group**.

A Picking Group is a group of Orders that will be picked together, as part of a single Picking Route or exercise.

Key features of the Can Ship system are:

* **Sorting Orders**: It automatically sorts Orders based on their Delivery Option, enabling your fulfilment team to prioritise orders by Courier, and those with closer expected delivery dates.
* **Filter by Stock Location**: Filter orders by Stock Location, ensuring that only Orders for dispatch from the relevant warehouse or shop are displayed.
* **Filter by Sales Channel**: Filter Orders by Sales Channel, giving you a view of Orders from specific websites or marketplaces.

The Can Ship system will display all fully allocated Orders. Your team tick the desired Orders to add them to the Picking Group.

Picking Groups can be assigned to specific [Users](/docs/admin-and-tools/users-and-access).

***

### Pick-to-Order with printed Picking Slips

Follow a **pick-to-Order** strategy by printing individual Picking Slips for each Order within the Picking Group.

Your team can then use them to retrieve the required stock on an Order-by-Order basis.

A standard Picking Slip will contain:

* **Order Lines**: Details of each product included in the Order.
* **Stores**: The specific locations within the storage location where the products are stored.
* **Bins**: Exact Bin numbers where the stock can be found.
* **Quantities**: The number of products to be picked for each Order.
* **Customer Information (Optional)**: Additional information for identifying and fulfilling the Order, e.g. Customer Name and Address.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Custom Picking Slip templates**

Any additional information can be added to your Picking Slip template if required.
{% endhint %}

Picked products are gathered and transported to a central location, where they are prepared for Packing and Dispatch.

This simple and precise strategy is well-suited for small to medium-order volumes, or high-value and complex orders that require careful, individual handling.

***

### Pick multiple Orders together with Picking Lists

Pick multiple Orders in one run by generating a Picking List that details the products and quantities needed to fulfil a Picking Group.

Picking Lists can be printed off or followed using our handheld devices.

A standard Picking List will contain:

* **Line-by-Line Inventory**: Detailed list of all products needed.
* **Quantities**: Number of each product required.
* **Associated Orders**: The Orders linked to each product.
* **Stores**: The specific locations within the storage location where the products are stored.
* **Bins**: Exact Bin numbers where the stock can be found.

Typically, the retrieved products are brought to a central location for sorting into individual orders for packing.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Pick multiple Picking Groups together**

Venditan Commerce can also generate Picking Lists that contain multiple Picking Groups.
{% endhint %}

***

### Follow advanced picking strategies using your Warehouse Mapping

Venditan Commerce can support detailed [Warehouse Mapping](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/stock-control-and-warehousing#support-for-warehouse-mapping), outlining the orientation of Stores and Bins within your warehouse or storage location.

Once enabled, it allows for **advanced picking strategies** tailored to your warehouse layout.

#### Order the Picking List by Bin Location

Generate Picking Lists organised by Bin location, following a logical route from the starting point outward.

This approach minimises unnecessary backtracking and zigzagging across the warehouse.

#### Follow a Directed Picking Route

The handheld device can logically direct your team through the warehouse, moving across Bins efficiently.

This method, known as directed picking, ensures that items are collected in the most streamlined manner possible.

***

### Merge two or more related Orders

You will be prompted to **merge related Orders** when creating a new Picking Group.

The platform will propose that orders are merged if they meet all of the following criteria:

* Orders must be for the same Customer.
* Orders must have the same Delivery Address.
* Orders have to have the same Delivery Method.
* Orders have to originate from the same Sales Channel.

You can either ignore the merge and continue as usual or initiate the merge process.

If successful the original orders will be replaced with a new merged Order that can be fulfilled.&#x20;


# Order Packing

Venditan Commerce’s guided Packing system will reduce errors and help get orders out of the door in record time.

***

### Initiate the Packing process

Depending on your preferred workflow, the Packing process can be initiated in several ways.

* **Picking Group**: Initiated by typing the Picking Group number into Venditan Commerce. This creates a list of open Orders that can be packed from the items in the Group.&#x20;
* **Picking Slip**: Initiated by scanning the Barcode on a Pick Slip. This opens the individual Order for packing.
* **Product Barcode**: Initiated by scanning the Barcode on a product. This will display all open Orders that include the product.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Built for handheld devices**

The pick, pack and dispatch process is expected to be completed using our handheld scanners. However, this can also be achieved from a desktop interface by manually inputting barcodes and information as you go.
{% endhint %}

***

### Follow guided packing instructions with Pack Check

Use our guided-packing system, **Pack Check**, to verify that the contents of the package are 100% correct for the order.

Pack Check runs on a handheld scanner and guides packing teams with automated prompts to:

* Scan the correct products to complete an open Order.
* Double-check scanned products against the open Order.
* Confirm that all products from the Order are present and correct.
* Automatically print a Shipping Label and Packing Slip.

By automatically verifying scanned items against the open Order, Venditan Commerce eliminates human error and significantly speeds up the packing process.

***

### Handle Orders that have missing products

While rare, there may be instances when Orders cannot be fulfilled entirely due to missing products.

The following actions may be taken in this case.

<table><thead><tr><th width="249">Action</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Put Order on Hold</strong></td><td>Place the Order on hold so you can contact the Customer to discuss options.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Re-Allocate, and Write-Off Missing Products</strong></td><td>Remove the missing product(s) from the Order and reallocate it to be dispatched with the remaining products only. The missing product(s) are moved to your write-off Store.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cancel Order and Write-Off Missing Products</strong></td><td>Cancel the Order entirely and move the missing product(s) to your write-off Store.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Part-Ship and Re-Order Missing Products</strong></td><td>Ship the product(s) you have today and create a new Order for the missing ones. The new Order will have an Order Status of ‘Awaiting Stock’ until it is allocated successfully for Pick, Pack and Dispatch.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Part-Ship and Cancel Missing Products</strong></td><td> This is the same as the Re-Allocate action, except the missing product(s) are not written off. Instead, they are only removed from the Orrder so you can progress to Dispatch.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Print a Packing Slip

Print a **Packing Slip** to insert into the package for the Customer to review.

By default, Packing Slips will contain a line-by-line summary of the Order and the Customer’s billing details.

Packing Slips can be fully branded or customised as you need.

If you are using Pack Check, we can set up automated Packing Slip printing; as your team packs and completes orders on handheld devices, the slips will print automatically.&#x20;

Printing can also be initiated from Venditan Commerce on a PC, laptop or tablet.

Once you have picked and packed the Orders in your Picking Group, you can return to the platform and select the Orders you wish to print a Packing Slip for.

***

### Capture package contents, weights and dimensions

Venditan Commerce captures critical details such as package weight, dimensions, and contents when packing your orders.

**Set up your packaging types**

You can set up the various **Boxes** and packaging materials you use.

Each type of packaging is represented by a Barcode, which can be printed and displayed in your warehouse.

**Guarantee accurate manifests**

When your team starts packing a new Order, they scan the Box Barcode, which lets the system log the exact size and specifications of the packaging used.

When packing items, they scan each before placing them in the box. Venditan Commerce records the weight and details of the products using the Shipping Weight data.

The result is a complete record of the package’s contents, weight, and dimensions.

This data generates shipping manifests and labels with precise information, enabling couriers to calculate shipping costs and process your batches efficiently and accurately.


# Order Dispatch

Set up your Delivery Methods, manage your courier collections and control shipping eligibility with a powerful rules-based system.

***

### Setting up your Delivery Methods

Venditan Commerce contains a powerful, rule-based system used to create Delivery Methods and control their eligibility.

This is configured in three parts:

* **Couriers**: The businesses that you work with for delivery.
* **Delivery Methods**: The delivery services that you provide to your customers.
* **Shipping Rules**: The criteria applied to Delivery Methods to control their eligibility.

Let’s explore each of these in more detail.

{% hint style="success" %}
**No shipping headaches, we will simplify this for you**

We will set up your Delivery Methods, Shipping Rules and Order Communication templates when switching to Venditan Commerce, and make them easy to manage ongoing with full training provided.
{% endhint %}

**Couriers**

**Couriers** are the companies that you have arranged your various Delivery Methods with.

Each Courier is created within Venditan Commerce.

Standard information held against a Courier will include:

<table><thead><tr><th width="269">Data</th><th>Purpose</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Courier Name</strong></td><td>Name the Courier, e.g. DPD, Royal Mail, UPS</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Preferred Shipping Location</strong></td><td>Specify your preference for this Courier for a particular Stock Location.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Code</strong></td><td>Input a code given to you by the Courier as a customer reference number.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Contract Number</strong></td><td>Input a number to identify your contract with the Courier.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Tracking Template</strong></td><td>A URL template containing placeholders for Order IDs, which can be sent to the customer in their Order Communication.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Delivery Methods**

Delivery Methods are the different delivery services you may offer customers during checkout or when manually creating an Order.

Standard information held against a Delivery Method will include:

<table><thead><tr><th width="269">Data</th><th>Purpose</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Name</strong></td><td>Name the Delivery Method displayed to customers, e.g. Next Day Delivery</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Extended Description</strong></td><td>Explain the Delivery Method, providing additional context internally, and can also be used on your website.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Courier</strong></td><td>Assign a Courier from the pre-saved list held within Venditan Commerce.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Service Code</strong></td><td>Input a unique service code if supplied by the Courier.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Estimated Delivery Days</strong></td><td>Set the number of days it will take for this service to deliver.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Price, Tax &#x26; Markup</strong></td><td>Define the base price of the Delivery Method, along with any applicable taxes and markups.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Shipping Cost</strong></td><td>The price you are charged by the courier for this service. Can be automatically generated via our Ship Engine integration.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Weight &#x26; Dimensions</strong></td><td>Set weight and/or size thresholds for the Delivery Method.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Day Control</strong></td><td>Enable or disable the Delivery Method on particular days.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cut-Off Time</strong></td><td>Set a daily cut-off time for the Delivery Method, after which any Orders will be processed the next business day. </td></tr><tr><td><strong>Service Group</strong></td><td>Collect related Delivery Methods under a Service Group, such as grouping all Next-Day options. </td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Windsor Framework**

All courier integrations supported by Venditan Commerce, whether direct or through third-party aggregators, are compatible with the regulatory requirements of the Windsor Framework. This ensures that consignments moving between Great Britain and Northern Ireland meet the necessary compliance standards.
{% endhint %}

### Shipping Rules

**Shipping Rules** are applied to Delivery Methods to control when and for whom the method is available.

This vast functionality spans 40+ rules that can be used individually or combined to control Delivery Method eligibility.

Here are the most popular Shipping Rules.

<table><thead><tr><th width="224">Rule</th><th>Purpose</th><th>Example Use</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order Value</strong></td><td>Limit Delivery Methods to baskets that meet specific Order Values.</td><td>Offer 'Free Delivery' on Orders over £100.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Country</strong></td><td>Control which countries a Delivery Method is available in.</td><td>Limit international Delivery Methods to intended countries.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Postcode</strong></td><td>Restrict or allow Delivery Method availability by individual postcodes.</td><td>Manage regional delivery limitations, e.g. Isle of Wight.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales Channel</strong></td><td>Control Delivery Method availability by Sales Channel.</td><td>Create specific Delivery Methods for international marketplaces.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Type</strong></td><td>Control Delivery Method availability by Customer Type.</td><td>Offer premium Delivery Methods to Loyalty customers.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Weight/Height</strong></td><td>Enable or disable Delivery Methods depending on the total Weight/Height of the basket, or, the total Weight/Height of the heaviest product in the basket.</td><td>Adhere to Courier restrictions on package weights and dimensions.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Dispatch Location</strong></td><td>Control where the Order ships from.</td><td>Ensure the correct Courier and Delivery Method are used based on the warehouse or retail store.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Day of the Week</strong></td><td>Configure the rules based on specific days.</td><td>Weekend deliveries.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Tags</strong></td><td>Limit the Delivery Method to particular products by tagging them.</td><td>'Fragile' tagged products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Category, Department or Season</strong></td><td>Limit the Delivery Method to particular Product Categories, Departments or Seasons.</td><td>Promotional campaigns.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Using the above functionality, we can configure any Shipping Rule you need to implement.

For clients with more complex shipping configurations, we offer a full-service solution and can manage this complex area of eCommerce for you.

***

### Review your Open Batches

The **Open Batches** screen displays all Orders awaiting collection, organised into batches by Location and Courier.

If tracking information is retrieved automatically through integration with a Courier, it will be populated for each relevant order. Tracking information can also be manually added to orders from this screen.

Additional actions include placing an order on hold, cancelling it, or reporting missing items.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Leading courier integrations**

We integrate with all leading courier services in the UK and Ireland to streamline this process.

Learn more: [Couriers & Logistics Integrations](/docs/integrations/couriers-and-logistics)
{% endhint %}

***

### Print a Manifest for the Courier

Some couriers require a manifest to accompany the shipments. If this is the case, you'll see an option in the platform to print the manifest after packing is completed.

This document provides the courier with a summary of the shipments, including package details, weights, and other necessary information.

Different couriers may have varying format requirements for their manifests. You can control these formats from your Printer Settings within Venditan Commerce, where you set up your printers and specify document types for each courier.

This ensures the manifest is printed in the correct format, tailored to each courier's specific needs, for a smooth handover.

***

### Automate your Order Communication

Once the Courier has collected the Order, closing off the Batch in Venditan Commerce will automatically send the Order Dispatch emails to the Customers.

Our intelligent **Delivery Date Change Notification/Detection System (DDCN/D)** will automatically update customers if their predicted delivery date changes.

The system detects real-time adjustments and sends notifications via email or SMS, keeping customers informed and ensuring transparency throughout the delivery process.

***

### Set up and offer a Delivery Subscription Service

Venditan Commerce enables you to offer a Delivery Subscription Service, similar to Amazon Prime, providing customers with exclusive delivery benefits.

Subscriptions are managed using recurring payments handled directly by your payment gateway, with tokenised card details securely stored for ongoing billing.

Subscribed customers are assigned a specific customer type, which unlocks a dedicated delivery method, such as free UK delivery, via a configurable shipping rule.

When a subscribed customer is logged in, their eligible delivery option is automatically presented at checkout. This setup provides a flexible, secure, and efficient way to drive loyalty and recurring revenue.


# Returns & Exchanges

Make returns straightforward for the customer to initiate and a breeze for your team to manage.

***

### Initiating a Return

How you allow customers to initiate a Return will depend on two key factors:

1. Your returns volume.
2. The level of experience you want to offer.

Venditan Commerce supports multiple Returns Management processes, and we will advise you on the best approach for your business.

<table><thead><tr><th width="218">Method</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Basic Returns Process</strong></td><td>Display your returns policy, address, and email address on your website. Customers email to notify you of a return. Once you receive the products, you manually review them against your policy, update the Order, and contact the customer per your policy.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Package Insert</strong></td><td>Include a Returns document in the package with instructions, and a form for customers to fill out and insert into their return.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Returns Portal</strong></td><td>Customers can submit a Return request through a website form, which captures their details, Order information, and Return Reason. The portal can generate a shipping label for the customer and create a Return Merchandise Authorisation (RMA) request in Venditan Commerce for review.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order History</strong></td><td>Customers can initiate a Return directly from their order history, whether they want to return the entire Order or part of it. This will create an RMA in Venditan Commerce.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>In-Store Returns</strong></td><td>Customers can visit your retail store and initiate the Return process on online or store-bought products, which can be handled through our <a href="/pages/y7xnxugEpmdVvuqaxJpD#manage-returns-exchanges-and-refunds">EPOS software</a>.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Returns Portal: Capture, review and process RMA Requests

When using the **Returns Portal**, all Return requests are captured and centralised within Venditan Commerce for management.

Venditan Commerce features a comprehensive RMA (Return Merchandise Authorisation) system, ideal for businesses with high order and return volumes.

A multi-status validation and curation process supports the RMA process and can be adapted according to your workflow.

**Capturing new requests**

New RMA requests will appear under the **New Requests** section, generating and displaying key details:

* **RMA Number**: A unique code for each Return request.
* **Order ID**: The ID of the Order associated with the Return.
* **Order Lines**: Separated into 'Returned Lines' and 'Other Lines'.
* **Return Reason**: The Customer selects a reason for each returned product when they fill in the Return request form.
* **Customer & Customer ID**: The Customer who initiated the return.
* **Status**: Current status of the Return, which is initially set to 'Pending'.
* **Tracking ID & Return Courier**: Shown if the Customer used integrated Return Label generation.

**Receiving returned products**

When the returned product is received at your Location, it is scanned using a handheld device or entered manually into Venditan Commerce if no scanner is available.

The platform verifies the expected products and reasons for return. Once scanned, products are marked as Received, and they are officially entered back into the platform.

They can either be restocked into a Bin or written off from here.

**Processing Returns**

The **Return Items** screen offers options for handling return costs and credits.

* **Credit Delivery Costs**: Choose whether to refund shipping costs.
* **Discount Adjustments**: Automatically calculate and adjust any offers or discounts from the original order.
* **Credits or Refunds**: Based on the return, apply any necessary changes, such as deductions from the original discount, and then process a Credit Note refund.

**Product Exchanges**

You can also handle **Exchanges** directly through the RMA process:

1. Select the product(s) to be exchanged.
2. Choose the replacement product(s).
3. Adjust the quantity if needed.
4. Decide whether the replacement Order will have free shipping.
5. Review and edit any customer communication about the Exchange.
6. Send communication directly from the exchange system.

Once processed, the exchange updates the original order.

If applicable, you’ll need to refund any price differences through the Customer’s Account manually.

***

### Issue Refunds

**Refunds** can be issued as part of the Returns workflow.

Venditan Commerce can support partial or full refunds.

The platform calculates the total amount due back to the Customer, accounting for any Discounts or return fees.

It then prompts the user on the refund due. We use your Payment Gateway integration to support refunds built into Venditan Commerce.

This is represented as a Credit Note on the Customer’s Balance.

***

### Initiate a Return from the Order screen

For merchants using a basic Returns process, you will manually initiate Returns from Venditan Commerce once the products have been received from the Customer.

This can be done directly from the Order itself, by following these steps:

1. Select the Location where the returned products were received.
2. Enter Quantities for each product returned across the Order Lines.
3. Specify Return Reasons for each product.
4. Choose to Credit the Delivery Price if necessary.
5. Issue a Refund if necessary.

All Return activities are tracked, and you can review returns retrospectively from a list.

Additionally, Notes can be added to provide context or updates on each Return.


# Customer Management (CRM)

Securely store Customer Data and manage your customer relationships using Venditan Commerce.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Customer Data</strong></td><td>All of the data that can be held against a Customer.</td><td><a href="/pages/7pUznkjJ2Mph8rEVqGqD">/pages/7pUznkjJ2Mph8rEVqGqD</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Managing Customers</strong></td><td>Managing Customers through the platform.</td><td><a href="/pages/iMNYkaNbu1ABGiur6dEs">/pages/iMNYkaNbu1ABGiur6dEs</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Segmentation</strong></td><td>Venditan Commerce's built-in Segmentation Tool.</td><td><a href="/pages/lOlxZD4FV12Lzev4T1w2">/pages/lOlxZD4FV12Lzev4T1w2</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Customer Data

Use Venditan Commerce to securely administer and manage your Customer Data.

***

### Store full Customer Details

When Customers create an account with you while checking out on your website, their details are stored within Venditan Commerce.

You can also manually create individual customers and populate their details in the platform.

This process can also be completed from our [EPOS software](/docs/in-store-epos).

**Customer Details** include:

* Title
* First Name
* Last Name
* Customer ID
* Billing Addresses
* Postal Addresses
* Phone Number
* Email Address
* Gender

{% hint style="info" %}
**For B2B**: Company Name, VAT Number, Currency, Credit Limit, INCO Terms, Payment Terms per Sales Channel, Bank Accounts per Sales Channel, Taxation Type per Sales Channel, Marketplaces, and Assigned Sales Agent.
{% endhint %}

***

### Create and assign Customer Types

Create and assign **Customer Types** to help categorise your customers.

By default, all customers must be assigned to a Customer Type. Our default Customer Types are Retail, Trade, and In-Store.

Customer Type history is tracked over time so you can review any changes.

Customer Types drive various platform functions including [Group-Based Pricing](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-pricing#set-different-prices-for-different-customer-types) and customer-specific Delivery Methods.

***

### Create and assign Customer Attributes

Create and assign **Customer Attributes** to customers to enrich the data and help with segmentation, reporting and personalisation.

Venditan Commerce can support an unlimited number of Customer Attributes.

***

### Create and assign Customer Tags

Create and assign **Customer Tags** to customers to group them as you require.

This lets you quickly identify a particular set of Customers when sorting your customer data.

Venditan Commerce can support an unlimited number of Customer Tags.


# Managing Customers

Venditan Commerce helps you to build profitable post-purchase relationships and maintain a high level of customer service.

***

### Create and edit Customer Data

Manually create or edit Customers and their data when needed.

Editable Customer Details:

* Title
* First Name
* Last Name
* Billing Addresses
* Postal Addresses
* Phone Number
* Email Address
* Gender

***

### Create and edit Customer Orders

Easily create new Orders for Customers or edit Orders they have already placed.

This functionality can be used to take telephone orders and process payments over the telephone.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Order Capture & Management](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-capture-and-management)
{% endhint %}

***

### Review Account and Communication History

You can browse a list of all Orders, Payments, Refunds, and Order Statuses, along with every email sent to and received from Customers via Venditan Commerce.

Emails can be resent from the Customer View screen as needed.

***

### Create and share a Basket

Build a basket for a Customer and share it with them checkout on your website.

The created basket can be provided to the Customer via a website link.

This enables you to enhance customer service by providing custom Pricing, special offers, products not listed on your website, or assistance if they encounter difficulties during the checkout process.

***

### Add Notes to Customer Accounts

Post private, internal notes on Customer Accounts detailing vital information to keep all team members updated.

***

### Assign tasks in a Customer Task system

Assign Tasks to be carried out for specific Customers and set reminder alerts and notifications for yourself.

Each Task includes:

<table><thead><tr><th width="159">Data</th><th>Purpose</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Title</strong></td><td>Provides a clear, concise description of the Task to be completed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Assignee</strong></td><td>Identifies the User responsible for completing the Task.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Deadline</strong></td><td>Ensures timely completion by setting a specific date or time for the Task.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Priority</strong></td><td>Helps organise Tasks by importance and urgency.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Status</strong></td><td>Tracks the progress of the Task, e.g. Pending, In Progress, Completed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Action</strong></td><td>Specifies the next steps or actions required to complete the Task.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Adjust a Customer's E-Vouchers

Review the **E-Vouchers** assigned to a particular Customer and credit them with new E-Vouchers for any amount required.\
\
Further adjustments can be made from the E-Voucher management screen.

***

### Merge two Customer Accounts

Merge two Customer Accounts and combine them into one.

The following information is merged into one Customer Account:

* Events
* Enquiries
* Loyalty transactions
* Reviews
* Discounts
* Promotion Codes
* Payment Receipts (a record of the customer’s online payments)
* Customer Tags
* Account History (a monetary record of payments and refunds)
* Web Orders
* Store Orders
* Loyalty Points
* Customer Attributes
* Salesperson Links
* Storage Links (for our Customer Product Storage feat

When merging two Accounts, one Account is selected as the Master and retains Customer Details.&#x20;

Additionally, Venditan Commerce contains an automated version of this process. It attempts to merge Customer Accounts when a Guest places an Order on the website, even if they already have a complete account.

{% hint style="danger" %}
Customer Account merges are irreversible and the Customer is not automatically notified of the merge.
{% endhint %}

***

### Disable a Customer Account

Temporarily or permanently disable a Customer from logging into their Account.

***

### Force a Password Reset for a Customer Account

Require the Customer to update their password upon their next login.&#x20;

***

### Generate Customer Reports

Venditan Commerce contains several customer-focused Reports.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Reports & Analytics (Customers)](/docs/reports-and-analytics/customers)
{% endhint %}


# Customer Segmentation

Segment a group of Customers using a combination of filters and then export the data into a CSV for your marketing purposes.

***

### Create Customer Segments using a filter system

Choose from a combination of filters to segment your Customers:

* **Customer Filters**: Define customer segments based on demographic or registration data.
* **Spend Filters**: Segment customers based on their order history and total spend.
* **Purchase Activity Filters**: Identify customers based on specific purchasing behaviours.

**Customer Filters**

The following Customer Filters are available.

<table><thead><tr><th width="181">Filter</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Customer Type</strong></td><td>Filter Customers by their Customer Type.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Country</strong></td><td>Filter Customers by their geographical location.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Post Code</strong></td><td>Filter Customers by specific postal codes.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Registration</strong></td><td>Identify Customers who registered within a specific timeframe (Last 1, 3, 6, or 12 months).</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Spend Filters**

The following Spend Filters are available.

<table><thead><tr><th width="182">Filter</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order History</strong></td><td>Whether the customer has previously ordered or not.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order History (Dated)</strong></td><td>Whether the customer has previously ordered before or after a specified date.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total Spend</strong></td><td>Their total spend: At least or less than a specified amount over a specified period (All Time, 1, 3, 6, 12, 24, 36 Months, This Year, Last Year.)</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Purchase Activity Filters**

The following Purchase Activity Filters are available.

<table><thead><tr><th width="191">Filter</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product Code</strong></td><td>Whether the Customer has purchased a particular SKU.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Tag</strong></td><td>Whether the Customer has purchased products with a particular Product Tag.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>Whether the Customer has purchased products within a particular Brand.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Purchase Window</strong></td><td>Whether the Customer has placed an Order within a specified period (1, 3, 6, 12 months.)</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order History</strong></td><td>Whether the Customer has placed an Order before or after a specified date</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Offer Code</strong></td><td>Whether the Customer has used a specified Offer Code.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Purchase Activity filters can be combined for effects like:

“Ordered a `<product>` from `<brand>` within the `<last 6 months>`”

***

### Managing your Customer Segments

Created Customer Segments are named and saved for sharing and later or repeated use.

Customer Segments are dynamic. This means that the Customers within a Segment can change from one day to the next.

For example, “spend in the last 3 months” is a moving window, so Customers can enter and leave a Segment as both time and the underlying data change.&#x20;

***

### Export data for Customer Segments

Generate a **Snapshot** of your Customer Segment to export the data.

Once generated, a Snapshot cannot change and will always contain the same list of Customers, even if the Segment is updated.

Snapshots are exported in a fixed CSV format.

The following export fields are available:

* Name
* First Name
* Last Name
* Email Address
* Date Registered
* Country
* Postal Code
* Lifetime Spend


# eCommerce Websites

State-of-the-art eCommerce websites that run on Venditan Commerce's in-built Content Management System (CMS).

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>CMS (Pages)</strong></td><td>Create new Pages using a flexible Page Builder.</td><td><a href="/pages/Qnq03fNwwZpNvzopDFeV">/pages/Qnq03fNwwZpNvzopDFeV</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>CMS (Blogs)</strong></td><td>Post new Blog Articles across multile Blogs.</td><td><a href="/pages/vy3E2qcQ3U0PXIdnkUJg">/pages/vy3E2qcQ3U0PXIdnkUJg</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>CMS (Tools)</strong></td><td>Manage and maintain your eCommerce website.</td><td><a href="/pages/xgh9SeCMsZ0ren2mI6Eq">/pages/xgh9SeCMsZ0ren2mI6Eq</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Website Features</strong></td><td>Features we can provide for  your eCommerce website.</td><td><a href="/pages/UjTuYKOdHqImkSITlJsx">/pages/UjTuYKOdHqImkSITlJsx</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Website Search</strong></td><td>Advanced Search features right out of the box.</td><td><a href="/pages/bxTn7xEG8M4fxDvDQQcR">/pages/bxTn7xEG8M4fxDvDQQcR</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Merchandising</strong></td><td>PLPs, Callouts and other Merchandising tools.</td><td><a href="/pages/tR6sn59wyr6UXABZuIsm">/pages/tR6sn59wyr6UXABZuIsm</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Filtering</strong></td><td>Configuring your PLP filter options.</td><td><a href="/pages/KR0YdOD3DuSioEvzxWkl">/pages/KR0YdOD3DuSioEvzxWkl</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Accounts</strong></td><td>How Customers can use their Accounts.</td><td><a href="/pages/acRebz1ymZ56meU4sEif">/pages/acRebz1ymZ56meU4sEif</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# CMS (Pages)

Venditan Commerce contains an in-built Content Management System (CMS) that supports custom Page Templates and block-builder functionality so your team can create new content on demand.

***

### Using our Templates, Blocks and Placeholders

Our CMS has three core building elements: **Templates**, **Blocks**, and **Placeholders**.

<table><thead><tr><th width="170">Element</th><th>Summary</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Template</strong></td><td>Templates are pre-configured page types for your different content objectives.</td><td>A promotional landing page template used to market focus products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Block</strong></td><td>Blocks are customisable elements you select from to build the structure and content of your new Page.<br><br>Blocks are assigned to Templates.</td><td>Plain Text, Text and Image, Full-Width Image, Product Carousel</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Placeholder</strong></td><td><p>Placeholders are used to create and manage content used on multiple Pages.<br></p><p>Each Placeholder is attributed a shortcode handle, which can be pasted into your Blocks to display the content on your Page.</p></td><td>Promotional Banners, Forms</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
**A CMS built for your business**

During your switch to Venditan Commerce we create the Templates, Blocks, and Placeholders you need, empowering you to create content freely without asking us for help.

This process is straightforward and quick, thanks to our extensive library of pre-developed Blocks, many of which will suit your requirements straight out of the box.
{% endhint %}

***

### Create new Pages using block-builder functionality

Use your Templates, Blocks, and Placeholders to create new Pages on demand.

When creating a new Page, you’re first asked to input the Page Title and URL, then choose a Template for the Page.

Once the Template is confirmed, you can add Blocks to the page.

Blocks come with customisation settings, allowing you to control variables like element colours, padding widths, and alignments, as well as core content like text and images.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Unlimited Templates and Blocks**

Your website can have an unlimited number of Templates and Blocks. If you need new ones in the future, we can provide them. If you have unique content objectives uncovered by our existing Blocks, we can create them, too.

After workshopping your content requirements, we will provide you with the perfect CMS to manage your new eCommerce website independently.
{% endhint %}

***

### Preview Pages before publishing them

Our CMS includes a multi-device previewing system that allows you to review your page across the following dimensions:

* Desktop (1250px x 1000px)
* Tablet (1000px x 700px)
* Mobile - Portrait (3250px x 500px)
* Mobile - Landscape (568px x 300px)

***

### Manage your Page Settings

You can perform the following management tasks through the CMS in addition to managing the page's content and layout.

<table><thead><tr><th width="199">Setting/Action</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Publish Date</strong></td><td>Specify or schedule the date and time a page will go live.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Publish Status</strong></td><td>Set whether the page is published, unpublished, or scheduled for a future date.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Duplicate</strong></td><td>Create an exact copy of the page for reuse or edits.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Meta Information</strong></td><td>Edit the Meta Title and Meta Description to optimise the page for search engines.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Indexability</strong></td><td>Control whether the page is included in the website's sitemap.xml file.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Crawlability</strong></td><td>Control whether search engine bots can crawl the page for content updates.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Search Visibility</strong></td><td>Control the page's visibility within your website's search results.</td></tr></tbody></table>


# CMS (Blogs)

Manage multiple, rich blog streams from our built-in CMS, including commercially optimised widgets that help you generate revenue from your blog content.

***

### Publish rich Blog Articles using a block-builder

Use our CMS block-builder system to produce visually compelling **Blog Articles**.

The CMS supports Article Templates that are composed of various layout Blocks.

Templates can be created for your different blog objectives, such as:

* A generic article template for all purposes.
* A how-to guide template for content with instructions.
* A product review template to market focus products.
* An interview template to display a conversation.

These Templates are composed of various layout Blocks that you can customise to build the structure and content of your blog articles, e.g., Text, Full-Width Images, Quotations, and Product Embeds.

This approach allows you to tailor each article's layout to suit its content, rather than being bound by a rigid, plain editor.

{% hint style="success" %}
**A Blog CMS built for your content strategy**

We work closely with our clients to provide the Templates and Blocks they need.

Our extensive library of pre-developed blocks ensures a quick and straightforward setup.&#x20;

You may just need a generic Template or a standard text editor for your Blog Articles, but our CMS can go above and beyond if rich content marketing is crucial to your success.
{% endhint %}

***

### Run multiple Blogs from one CMS

You can run multiple Blogs from the CMS–either across one website, or several–without having to log in and out of different systems.

For example:

1. One website contains separate Blogs for 'Company News', 'How-To Guides', 'Product Reviews', and 'Lists'. Each Blog exists independently on the website and is managed through the Venditan Commerce CMS.
2. One retailer operates multiple websites, each containing one or more Blogs, which are all managed through the Venditan Commerce CMS.

***

### Embed shoppable products into your Blog Articles

The **Product Embed Block** allows you to embed shoppable products into your Blog Articles.

Using the CMS, you add the Block and then select the products you wish to feature.

This feature allows you to display one to four products in a row, enhancing your articles by visually displaying focus products.

The Block includes variation options and add-to-basket callouts to encourage conversion.\
\
It automatically uses the product information stored in our platform, eliminating the need for manual data entry.

This is particularly beneficial for industries like fashion, sport, beauty, home goods, and electronics, where showcasing products within informational content can drive engagement and conversions.

***

### Link Blog Articles to Related Products

Set up **Related Products** for your Blog Articles to feature the blog content on the product display page.

This feature helps you create meaningful relationships between your informational content and the products they explore.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Example of Related Products**

An electronics retailer writes detailed Blog Articles reviewing the latest mobile phone releases. \
\
They use the Related Product feature to add the article thumbnail to the mobile phone's product page.\
\
They do this to provide website users with in-depth content, increasing the likelihood of conversion through educational content.
{% endhint %}

***

### Manually control your Related Articles

Manually select which Blog Articles display as related content on your Blog page.

This allows you to tailor the user experience more precisely, ensuring the most relevant content is shown.&#x20;

This is automated based on categorisation and published date by default, but manual control provides flexibility for special cases or specific content strategies.

***

### Create and manage your Authors

Create Authors and assign them to Blog Articles.

You can store the following information for each Author:

* Name
* Email
* Author Photo
* Bio

We can also add custom fields to personalise your authors further.

For example, if you run a confectionery store, you might include a ‘Favourite Chocolate’ field to add extra personality to your content.

***

### Collect and manage your Blog Comments

Add a Comments section to the foot of your Blog Articles and manage or reply to comments using Venditan Commerce.

This feature remains useful for brands with an established community and regular readers of their blog content. It helps generate discussion and encourages input that may influence the next customer to purchase.

This functionality is also used to power our [Submit a Support Question](/docs/ecommerce-websites/website-features#support-questions-collect-faqs-and-publish-your-responses) feature.

***

### Preview your Blog Article before you publish it

Our CMS includes a multi-device previewing system that allows you to review your Blog Article across the following dimensions:

* Desktop (1250px x 1000px)
* Tablet (1000px x 700px)
* Mobile - Portrait (3250px x 500px)
* Mobile - Landscape (568px x 300px)

***

### Manage your Blog Settings

Control the following standard settings for your Blog Articles.

<table><thead><tr><th width="211">Setting/Action</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Blog Title</strong></td><td>Input or update the blog's title.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Blog Summary</strong></td><td>Input or update the blog's summary.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Schedule</strong></td><td>Set a specific date and time for the blog post to go live.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Publish/Unpublish</strong></td><td>Make the blog post live or remove it from public view.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Save as Draft</strong></td><td>Save the blog post as a draft to continue editing before publishing.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Meta Information</strong></td><td>Add a meta title and description to optimise the blog for search engines.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Meta Image</strong></td><td>Add a custom image to represent the blog on social media platforms.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>URL</strong></td><td>Modify the blog post URL, with the title used as the default option.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Thumbnails</strong></td><td>Set device-specific image thumbnails and include ALT text for accessibility and SEO.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

***

### Upload Blog Articles via HTML file

Upload blog content via HTML, which is particularly useful if you produce detailed, rich newsletters and want to avoid duplicating work when creating blog posts.

The converter ensures SEO best practices by automatically adjusting headings to the appropriate H tags, streamlining the process of transforming your newsletters into blog content.


# CMS (Tools)

The CMS contains several tools and features to enhance and manage the other aspects of your website, such as your Menu system, 301 Redirects, and uploaded Media.

***

### Manage your Menu and Footer

The CMS controls your website’s Menu and Footer.&#x20;

You can edit existing Menu/Footer items or add new ones.

**Nodes**

Menus and footers are comprised of **Nodes**.

There are four Node types:

<table><thead><tr><th width="186">Node</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Link</strong></td><td>The destination you want to add to your Menu or Footer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Structure</strong></td><td>Used to organise groups of Nodes into columns.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Text</strong></td><td>Used for Menu section headings or descriptions.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Image</strong></td><td>Used to add images to the Menu or Footer.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Menu Tree View**

Venditan Commerce uses a tree view to display the structure and content of your Menu and Footer.

The interface supports drag and drop for easy rearrangement of the Nodes.

Your website's Menu will display across all devices as standard, but you can hide specific Nodes on mobile if you prefer.

Footers are managed in the same format, and you are given the same freedom to edit and add to the footer as you wish.

***

### Create and manage your 301 redirects

When you change a page or blog's URL, use the **301 Redirect Tool** to set up permanent redirects.

This is crucial to pass equity to the new link, ensuring your SEO isn’t negatively affected by the change.

Our redirect tool allows you to manage simple redirects without our assistance.

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Bulk 301 Redirects**

If you need to implement many redirects in one go, please contact your Account Manager. We can handle this for you and save you time.

**Product URL Redirects**

Venditan Commerce will automatically implement a redirect for you when updating Product URLs. The 301 Redirect Tool can only be used for Pages and Blogs.
{% endhint %}

***

### Manage your Media Library

Review and organise the Media (Images, PDFs) you've added to Pages and Blogs.

Media is stored in a library, neatly organised by URL for easy access.

Venditan Commerce has built-in compression, automatically optimising images upon upload.

We provide guidance on image dimensions, and uploads will be declined if they exceed a specified size limit.

Venditan Commerce supports the following file formats: `JPG`, `PNG`, `WEBP`, `PDF`

***

### Create and manage your Events

You can use Venditan Commerce to market **Events** through your website.

This is ideal for merchants who regularly run events and want to manage them efficiently by consolidating the information into their eCommerce platform.

You can create Events with the following details:

* Event Name
* Venue
* Start Date
* End Date

Venues can also be created and managed separately for repeat use.

This information is then linked to an associated Blog Article using an event Template to communicate the Event details to your customers.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Venditan Commerce does not provide ticketing functionality, but your website can support the HTML embeds of your chosen ticketing system.
{% endhint %}


# Website Features

With years of expertise in developing award-winning eCommerce websites, we offer a comprehensive suite of standard and advanced features you can enable on your next eCommerce website.

***

{% hint style="info" %}
**Are you an existing Venditan client?**

Contact your Account Manager to discuss enabling a feature on your website.

**Are you interested in switching to Venditan Commerce?**

Let us know which website features you are interested in and we can demo them for you.
{% endhint %}

***

### Quiz Funnels: Help customers find products

Ask customers questions, then use their answers to provide personalised Product Recommendations that encourage action.

This helps customers quickly find relevant products and promotes a sense of ownership over their browsing experience.

This feature can be adapted to suit any product mix and is particularly useful for high-ticket items or those with a broad selection.

For example, if you sell fitness equipment:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### "What is your main fitness goal?"

‘Weight Loss, ‘Muscle Gain’ or Endurance’
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### "How often do you exercise each week?"

&#x20;‘1-2 Times’, ‘3-4 Times’ or ‘5+ Times’
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### "Do you have any specific equipment preferences?"

‘Treadmill’, ‘Dumbbells’, ‘Resistance Bands’ etc.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

After answering the questions, the customer receives a curated product listing page containing only products that match their responses.

***

### Hotspotting: Tag products into an image

Merchandise products by adding interactive **Hotspots** to images.

This feature, known as ‘hotspotting’, is perfect for technical products or systems with multiple components.

It's also ideal for industries like fashion (outfit tagging) and home decor (room styling).

Upload your image into Venditan Commerce and use an intuitive tool to tag specific locations within the image.

Then, search for and assign the relevant product to each hotspot.

The tool generates HTML code that can be easily pasted into your CMS Page or Blog, displaying the tagged image.

***

### Comparisons: Compare products based on their Product Attributes

Allow customers to compare product information side-by-side for two or more products.

They select products and generate a comparison interface that presents a detailed table of their Product Attributes.

The interface includes call-to-action buttons within the comparison table, allowing customers to proceed with their chosen product.

It also supports a copy link that you can share with others or use when discussing options with your support team.

***

### Support Questions: Collect FAQs and publish your responses

Allow customers to **Submit a Support Question** about your products and publish your responses as FAQs on the product page.

This feature allows customers to ask questions and read answers that may aid their purchasing decision, turning your support enquiries into valuable content.

Questions are collected into Venditan Commerce for you to answer and publish.

***

### Wishlists: Create Wishlists and send automated reminders

Customers can add products to their **Wishlist** and review their saved items from their Customer Account.

Wishlist functionality can be customised to suit your needs, such as adjusting it to a 'Project List' for B2B purposes.

Set up automated reminders for ‘wishlisted’ products at a timeframe of your choosing, reminding Customers to return and complete their purchases.

***

### Returns Portal: Capture Returns Requests through your website

Establish a dedicated area on your website where customers can initiate returns using their order ID.&#x20;

They will be prompted to select a Return Reason and Venditan Commerce can automatically generate a shipping label for them.

All returns are captured into Venditan Commerce's RMA System for processing.

{% hint style="info" %}
Read our full Returns section for more information.
{% endhint %}

***

### Delivery Timer: Promote your delivery cut-off times

Display a **Delivery Timer** on your product pages to motivate customers to complete their purchases quickly.

The timer, based on Lead Times, counts down to a specific cutoff time, such as:

“Order within `<X hours>` to receive by `<date>`."

This feature creates a sense of urgency, encouraging customers to act fast to ensure they receive their products within their desired timeframe.&#x20;

***

### Content Hub: Offer downloadable resources through your website

Upload media like PDFs, images, and videos, and offer them as downloadable resources through a searchable **Content Hub**.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Example of a Content Hub**

Content Hubs particularly benefit technical products with associated data sheets, manuals, or instructions.
{% endhint %}

***

### Banners: Set up editable sitewide banners

Add a customisable banner below your header or Menu to highlight your USPs or latest offers.&#x20;

This banner can promote key benefits across every page, e.g. ‘Free UK Delivery’ or ‘Same Day Delivery Available.’

You can use the CMS to update the content anytime to reflect current promotions or essential information.

***

### Comparative Pricing: Display your price vs. another

Show **Comparative Pricing** on your product pages to give customers clear value insights.

For example, you can display the manufacturer’s price alongside your selling price, or show the retail price versus your discounted price.&#x20;

This feature leverages your product data to highlight savings, value propositions, or competitive pricing.

***

### Custom PLP Design: Add rich content to your product listing pages

Enhance your product listing pages by integrating rich content such as header, footer descriptions, and other relevant information using our CMS.

You can break up the PLP layout with custom content, manage it directly from the CMS, and choose specific pages for its placement.

The drag-and-drop interface allows you to position content exactly where you want it within the PLP.

***

### PLP Quick Links: Add quick links to your product listing pages

Add **Quick Links** to the top of your PLPs to fast-track the customer’s navigation.

These links direct customers to specific, pre-set PLPs or automatically apply filters if the designated PLP doesn’t exist.

This functionality reduces customer effort, allowing them to swiftly access targeted categories or product sets without manually applying filters.

***

### PLP View Switch: Change the PLP view from row to single

Switch between viewing product listings in a row format or as single products on your product listing page.

This feature highlights products that benefit from individual attention, such as high-ticket items, complex products with detailed attributes, or limited-edition releases.&#x20;

***

### Custom PDP Design: Add rich content to your product display pages

Enhance your product details pages (PDP) with additional content to tell a compelling story and add extra marketing elements.

For many products, especially high-value items with higher purchase consideration, a simple product description and size guide may not be enough–you should highlight the unique selling points (USPs) and engage your customers with more detailed information.

In this case, we can provide additional content management functionality for your products.

For example, you could use the CMS to:

* Add extra content sections to your PDPs to emphasise key features.
* Incorporate rich media like videos, high-quality images, and customer testimonials.
* Include detailed product stories, manufacturing processes, or brand heritage.
* Integrate related articles, how-to guides, and FAQs directly on the product page.

This functionality allows you to create a more engaging and informative product page, driving higher customer engagement and conversions.

***

### Instagram Embed: Display your Instagram feed on your website

Integrate your Instagram feed directly into your website to showcase real-time social media content.&#x20;

This feature allows you to display photos and videos from your Instagram account on your website, enhancing visual appeal and engagement.

Ideal for promoting brand aesthetics, user-generated content, or social proof, it helps keep your site fresh with dynamic content and encourages customers to follow your social media channels.&#x20;

***

### Product Reviews: Collect product reviews and display them on your website

Automatically gather and showcase Product Reviews on your product pages through integration with your review platform of choice.

This feature sends automated follow-up requests to customers, encouraging them to leave feedback on their purchased products.

Reviews are collected and displayed directly on the product pages, providing valuable social proof and helping potential buyers make informed decisions.

{% hint style="info" %}
Venditan Commerce is integrated with the leading Review platforms for automated review collection.
{% endhint %}

***

### Live Chat: Integrate your preferred Live Chat for support

Connect your preferred live chat system directly to your website for real-time customer support.<br>


# Website Search

Search functionality is one of the most vital components of a successful eCommerce website. We can provide several advanced Search features, helping your customers to quickly locate the right product.

***

### Provide filterable Search Results

Enable customers to refine their Search Results with relevant Filters, helping them find the exact product they want.

When a customer enters a query, the website's search engine generates a results page with various Filters to narrow the search results.

This is particularly useful for industries with extensive or complex product mixes, such as fashion (filter by size, colour, brand), electronics (filter by brand, specifications, price range), and home goods (filter by category, material, price).

***

### Provide Predictive Search suggestions

Provide customers with **Predictive Search** suggestions based on their query input.

As the customer types in the Search Bar, the search engine offers a set of suggested products or pages that match the input.

The search framework within Venditan Commerce is configured with a ‘suggester’ that will best attempt to return possible search terms based on the customer's initial characters.&#x20;

The suggester kicks in when a customer has typed two or more characters into the Search Bar.

The database for suggested search terms is based on the following Product Data:

* Product Title
* Product Tags
* Brand
* Product Category

Suggestions are not provided if the term has no results.

For example, the suggestion will not be made if the customer searches for ‘chocolate gifts’ but the results page is empty.

Suggestions will also work if the customer has performed a typo.

In this case, our search functionality will make a best effort to compensate for incorrectly interested queries.

***

### Provide in-search Product Recommendations

Return a set of products that closely match the customer’s search.

This can help them navigate to their desired product without visiting the Search Results page.

The information displayed in the product search results, such as Price, Brand and additional Product Attributes, is flexible and confirmed when we workshop your new website.

***

### Redirect customers when they enter a specific search term

**Search Redirects** can redirect customers to specific URLs based on the search term they enter.

For example, if customers search for "returns information," they can be redirected to the Returns page, bypassing the Search Results page altogether.

This is also useful for end-of-line products, where you can take customers to the most related products instead.

***

### Create Search Synonyms for common queries

**Search Synonyms** help the search engine match search terms to the right products by associating related terms in your product database.

In Venditan Commerce, this is done by assigning multiple synonyms to the formal or "correct" term.

Incorporating synonyms into your site search bridges the gap between how customers search and how your products are named, improving search accuracy and user experience.


# Merchandising

Explore tools and features you can use to merchandise your products, such as creating dynamic Product Listing Pages (PLPs), automated Callouts and Sorting strategies.

***

{% hint style="info" %}
**Before we start, what is a Product Listing Page?**

Product Listing Pages, or PLPs, display a curated list of products within a specific group or theme. They help customers browse and discover items relevant to their needs or interests.\
\
Depending on your current platform, you may know them as 'collections', 'categories' or simply 'listings' pages.
{% endhint %}

***

### Create PLPs and populate them with Display Groups

Venditan Commerce includes a dedicated **Product Listing Page Creation System**, enabling you to:

1. Generate new PLPs on demand.
2. Control the products that will be featured on the page.

#### Display Groups

You define the products within the PLP by setting up a **Display Group**.&#x20;

Display Groups give you the flexibility to display products that belong to one or multiple combinations of:

* Product Categories
* Brands
* Departments
* Sales Audiences
* Product Tags

For example, you could set up a Display Group to use products that contain the following information:

* Men (Sales Audience)
* Adidas (Brand)
* Trainers (Product Categories)

The result would be a PLP containing all Mens' Adidas Trainers.

This functionality allows you to create custom PLPs that aren't restricted to a single data point, such as a Product Category or Department.

Instead, you can combine multiple criteria to create dynamic PLPs aligned with how your customer searches.&#x20;

PLPs automatically populate with products that match your strategy and continue to update in real-time as product eligibility and availability change.

You can create an unlimited number of PLPs.

***

### Managing your PLPs

Created PLPs are organised into a tree system.

You can expand and collapse the rooted structure to manage the content and products within the PLP.

You can manage a PLP in the following ways.

<table><thead><tr><th width="209">Task</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Content</strong></td><td>Populate the PLP’s marketing content. This will change depending on your website design, but it will likely include the H1 heading, Short Description, Meta Title and Meta Description.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Quantity</strong></td><td>Control the number of products that should appear on each page of the PLP.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ordering</strong></td><td>Control the order that the products are displayed in. Read the next feature for more information about this.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>URL</strong></td><td>Control and edit the PLP's URL.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Image Control</strong></td><td>Opt to include products that do not have an Image. They will be excluded by default as they do not pass Vendian Commerce's eligibility criteria.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sale Control</strong></td><td>Opt to include or exclude sale products from the PLP.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Indexability</strong></td><td>Opt to include or exclude the PLP from your website's search engine.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Set the order of products on your PLP

Use rules to control the order in which products appear when your customer loads a PLP.

This allows you to highlight products strategically and reduces the workload of manually arranging your PLP.

Available **Ordering Rules**:

* Newest products first
* Sale products first
* Relevance
* Retail price (Descending or Ascending)
* Random

{% hint style="success" %}
**Enhanced Ordering with Product Tags**

Implement custom strategies by using a [Product Tag](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#product-tags) to mark items you want to promote, they will then appear at the top of the PLP.
{% endhint %}

***

### Manually arrange our PLP using drag-and-drop

Take full control over the order of your PLP with a convenient drag-and-drop interface.

This feature is as simple as dragging the ‘Unmerchandised’ products to ‘Merchandised’ and arranging them in the desired order.

There may be times when you need manual control over the order of your PLP.

With this flexibility, you can highlight the most essential products precisely where you want them.

***

{% hint style="info" %}
**We're now getting into Product Display Pages, let's quickly explain what they are.**

Product Display Pages, or PDPs, are individual pages dedicated to showcasing a single product. These pages provide detailed information, including images, descriptions, specifications, pricing, and availability.
{% endhint %}

***

### Manually link products for controlled product relationships

Set up **Related Products** to link products as part of your promotional strategies.

How this appears on your website will entirely depend on how we have configured the feature for you. This functionality drives useful front-end messaging and functionality, including:

* Manual Product Recommendations
* Product Add-Ons
* Specialised Promotions

Available linking strategies are:

<table><thead><tr><th width="211">Strategy</th><th width="290">Summary</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Cross-sell: Link to</strong></td><td>The product will appear as a related product on the corresponding product.</td><td>A customer viewing a laptop sees a suggestion for a wireless mouse as a related product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cross-sell: Link to and from</strong> </td><td>The products will reciprocate and correspond with each other.</td><td>A customer viewing a smartphone sees a phone case as a related product, and vice versa.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Up-sell: Link to</strong></td><td>The product will be offered as an upsell against the corresponding product.</td><td>A customer viewing a 32-inch TV is offered a 55-inch TV with enhanced features as an upgrade.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Accessories: Link to</strong></td><td>The product will be offered as an accessory to the linked product.</td><td>A DSLR camera PDP suggests a compatible camera bag as an accessory.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Accessories: Link to and from</strong></td><td>The products will reciprocate and accessorise each other.</td><td>A gaming console PDP suggests a compatible controller as an accessory, and the controller’s PDP suggests the gaming console.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Merchandise products with Product Callouts

Enhance your PLPs and PDPs by displaying **Product Callouts** highlighting important product information.

Product Callouts can be:

1. Automated based on Product, Stock and Pricing Data
2. Managed manually using Product Tags.

Examples of Automated Product Callouts:

* '-X%' to promote the percentage discount applied to a product.
* 'Selling fast' when the low stock threshold is reached.
* 'Last one left' when only one item is in stock.

Automated Product Callouts are ideal for managing widespread promotions and urgent stock alerts.

Examples of Manual Product Callouts, driven by Product Tagging:

* 'Suitable for outdoors'
* 'As seen on TV'
* 'Eco-friendly’
* ‘Customer favourite’
* ‘Handmade’

This functionality is fully customisable, and if you have an intended use, it can be built for you as part of your switch to Venditan Commerce.

***

### Bundle two or more products together

Use the **Product Bundle** Product Type to combine two or more products at a Member level.

Customers can then select from their associated variations on the PDP page (such as Colour and Size) and purchase their chosen combination as one, bundled product.

{% hint style="info" %}
Interested in our other [Product Types](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-types)? Read the full section for more information.
{% endhint %}

***

### Set up Volume Pricing for your products

Offer customers a decreased unit cost as their order quantity increases.

You can implement unlimited price breaks (the quantity at which the price changes) across any structure of unit quantities.

{% hint style="info" %}
Interested in [Product Pricing](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-pricing)? Read the full section for more information.
{% endhint %}

***

### Run Offers and Promotions

Venditan Commerce has a powerful offers and promotions engine. It’s covered in detail in our [Offers & Vouchers](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/offers-and-vouchers) section.


# Product Filtering

Filters are a fundamental component of Product Listing Pages, enabling customers to narrow down the available products to a more concentrated selection that meets their specific needs.

***

### Filters configured during your website build

We will create a specification that covers the filters your new Product Listing Pages (PLPs) will use.

Unlike a template website that automates filters from your [Product Attributes](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#product-attributes), our approach ensures that your website only displays the right filters on the right categories, avoiding irrelevant or meaningless options.

This tailored configuration enhances the user experience and ensures customers can easily find the right products.

***

### Faceted Navigation for Filtering

We enable **Faceted Navigation** to enhance your customers' browsing experience by allowing them to apply multiple filters simultaneously.

This feature organises products so customers can narrow their search results using a combination of attributes, such as Size, Colour, Brand and Price Range.

Faceted Navigation changes the URL without the page reloading when a filter option is chosen.

This allows for a seamless and fast user experience while enabling customers to share links with pre-applied filters by simply copying the URL.&#x20;

***

### Map your related Product Attributes and Categories

Combine related Product Attributes and Product Categories under unified terms to enhance the filtering experience for your customers.

This allows you to group similar Attributes and Categories, making it easier for customers to navigate and find products.

For example, you could combine ‘Running Shoes,’ ‘Training Shoes,’ and ‘Athletic Footwear’ under a broader term like ‘Sports Shoes.’

This helps customers quickly narrow their search without sifting through multiple, narrowly defined categories.

***

### Flexible Filter layouts and UIs

We can support multiple filter layouts and user interfaces (UIs) to ensure your filters are functional, user-friendly and visually appealing.

Our websites support various **Filter Types** to best suit the attribute.

<table><thead><tr><th width="194">Type</th><th>Summary</th><th>Example Use</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Checkboxes</strong></td><td>Allows the user to tick criteria. Ideal for attributes with multiple options.</td><td>Brands, Materials</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Dropdowns</strong></td><td>Allows the user explore sub-options. Ideal for categories with numerous options.</td><td>Product Features</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Input Fields</strong></td><td>Allows the user to input a term. Ideal for numerican ranges or text-based attributes.</td><td>Price Ranges, Product Dimensions</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sliders</strong></td><td>Allows the user to set a filter from a numerical range.</td><td>Price, Size</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Radio Buttons</strong></td><td>Allows the user to choose from mutually exclusive options.</td><td>Adult or Child</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Offer a Filter option for any Product Attribute

Create Filters for any Product Attribute, allowing for a unique and customised filtering experience beyond the basic options.

You can create Filters for your products as long as they have the relevant Attributes set up with clean data.

This enables you to build a distinctive filter experience that caters to your product range and customer needs.


# Customer Accounts

A user-friendly Account area is vital in delivering a reliable shopping experience for your customers. This section focuses on the various features you can enable for Customers with an Account.

***

### Review Order and Transaction History

Customers can access detailed information about their past Orders and current Order Statuses from their Accounts.

In-store, if an operator assigns the sale to a Customer during checkout,  the transaction will also be visible in their Order History.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [In-Store Orders (EPOS)](/docs/in-store-epos/sales-payments-and-returns)
{% endhint %}

***

### Add and update multiple Billing Details

Customers can add and update their billing information, including their:

* Name.
* Multiple delivery addresses.
* Contact details.

All changes are immediately reflected in the Customers area of Venditan Commerce.

***

### Review and purchase Wishlisted products

Customers can review their list of Wishlisted products and add selected items to their shopping basket ready for purchase.

You can optionally choose to display the date and time the Customer added the products to their Wishlist.

***

### Review accrued Loyalty Points

Customers can view their accrued Loyalty Points, monitor their current tier status (if applicable), and check expiry dates.

This feature helps customers keep track of their rewards, plan their spending to maximise benefits, and stay informed about their Loyalty progress.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Loyalty System](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/loyalty-system)
{% endhint %}

***

### Review available E-Vouchers

Customers can view a list of [E-Vouchers](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/offers-and-vouchers) assigned to their Account, including expiry dates, monetary values, and applicable products or categories.

***

### Download PDF invoices for Orders

Customers can download PDF invoices for their Orders directly from their Account area.

Customers can browse their Order History and easily download detailed PDF invoices for each Order when using Venditan Commerce as your Invoicing system.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [B2B Customers](/docs/b2b/b2b-customers)
{% endhint %}

***

### Re-order previously purchased products

Customers can easily re-order items from their Order History with a single click.

Customers can view their past Orders and select the option to re-order products. This functionality enables them to either replace their current basket with products from a previous order or add them to their existing basket, making repeat purchases quick and convenient.

***

### 'Remember Me' functionality on sign-in

Customers who log in from a new device will receive an email notification with their device details.&#x20;

From their Account, they can view a list of all devices currently logged into their account and have the option to sign out individual devices or all devices simultaneously, ensuring control and security over their sessions.

***

### Review submitted Support Questions

If your website has our [**Submit a Support Question**](/docs/ecommerce-websites/website-features#support-questions-collect-faqs-and-publish-your-responses) feature enabled, Customers can view a thread of all the Support Questions they have submitted from their Account.

This allows them to track responses, check the status of their enquiries, and follow up as needed.

***

### Submit a Return or Exchange Request

With our **Returns Portal** enabled Customers can start the Return or Exchange process by selecting the relevant Order and providing a reason for the return or exchange.

Venditan Commerce will collect all Return Requests into the platform for processing and can autogenerate returns shipping labels for the Customer.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Returns & Exchanges](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/returns-and-exchanges)
{% endhint %}

***

### Enable biometric login for mobile users

Venditan Commerce supports biometric authentication, such as facial recognition or fingerprint scanning, for customers accessing their online accounts.

When enabled on supported devices, biometric login offers a quick and secure way for users to sign in without needing to enter a password, improving both convenience and account security.

***

### Update marketing communication preferences

If integrated with your email marketing system, such as Mailchimp or Klaviyo, Customers can opt in or out of marketing communications directly from their Account.


# Website Testing

### Browser and Device Testing

The following browsers and devices are supported and will be tested:

* Edge 143+ (Windows only)
* Firefox 140+ (Windows/macOS)
* Google Chrome 143+ (Windows/macOS)
* Safari - macOS 13+ (macOS)
* Opera 122+ (Windows/macOS)
* Safari on iOS 18+ (iPhone, iPad)
* Google Chrome/Android Browser 143+ (Android)
* Samsung Internet 24+ (Android)
* Firefox 122+ (Android)


# Basket & Checkout

Frictionless, secure Basket and Checkout functionality following best practices for user experience and conversion rate optimisation.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Basket Functionality</strong></td><td>Features we can enable for your website Basket.</td><td><a href="/pages/wK5FYMdyplLR6h54rUVa">/pages/wK5FYMdyplLR6h54rUVa</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Checkout Functionality</strong></td><td>Features we can enable for your website Checkout.</td><td><a href="/pages/ITAt5TSxxgyiYQQIkRDs">/pages/ITAt5TSxxgyiYQQIkRDs</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Delivery Methods</strong></td><td>Setting up your Delivery Methods and Rules.</td><td><a href="/pages/fXckSg4lYFii8rPtky6G">/pages/fXckSg4lYFii8rPtky6G</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Communication</strong></td><td>Customising your Order Communication emails.</td><td><a href="/pages/3vRWyLkjmffCjpbR4R5k">/pages/3vRWyLkjmffCjpbR4R5k</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Checkout Security</strong></td><td>Keeping your Checkout secure and trusted.</td><td><a href="/pages/HGk22bIMcJQsfXE8bYri">/pages/HGk22bIMcJQsfXE8bYri</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Basket Functionality

Encourage customers to add products to their Basket, review their Basket contents, and checkout without frustration.

***

### Add to Basket from your Product Listing Pages (PLP)

We can enable customers to add products to their Basket directly from your PLPs.

Customers who are confident about their product choice may not need to visit the individual product page.

This feature reduces the steps involved in making a purchase, and it is helpful for products that customers frequently repurchase or are familiar with, such as household supplies or everyday personal care products.<br>

***

### Review Basket contents from the Navigation bar

We can enable your customers to quickly review a concise version of their Basket by hovering over the Basket icon in the Navigation bar.

This displays a small window summarising the contents of their Basket. It provides call-to-action buttons for initiating the checkout process.

Quick access helps customers keep track of their selected items without leaving the current page, verifying they've added the correct quantity of items while continuing to browse the website.

***

### Cross-sell related products from your product page

Offer customers related products near the 'Add to Basket' button in a checkbox format.&#x20;

Customers can easily select additional items by ticking the boxes next to them. This feature can be positioned however you need it, e.g. ‘Suggested Items’, "Pairs well with’ or ‘Customers also bought.’

For example, when a customer adds a smartphone to their basket, they might see checkboxes for related items like screen protectors, phone cases, or wireless earbuds.

***

### Capture Delivery Information during the add-to-basket

Include a dropdown option on the product page to capture delivery information before the checkout process begins.

Changing the intended delivery country will change the displayed delivery cost. This helps set customer expectations, meaning they don’t have to open their basket to understand the potential delivery costs.

The feature automatically updates the delivery details stored and used in the customer’s basket.

It simplifies the checkout process by pre-determining delivery information based on the customer's product and country selection, eliminating the need for manual selection during checkout.&#x20;

***

### Remind customers to select required variants before adding-to-Basket

Trigger a pop-up to collect missing information when a customer attempts to proceed without selecting the variations needed.

This feature ensures that any missing variant selections, such as Size and Colour, are highlighted with the customer's attention focused on making the required action.

***

### Add-to-Basket from the Wishlist

Customers can add products saved in their [Wishlist](/docs/ecommerce-websites/customer-accounts#review-and-purchase-wishlisted-products) directly to their Basket from their Account if logged in.

***

### Create a Basket for a customer

Add products to a basket and then share a link with the customer so they can complete the purchase.

This feature is handy for complex products, combinations of products, or when customers need assistance finding what they're looking for.

***

### Edit and update the Order from the Basket page

Our standard website functionality enables customers to remove products and change quantities when they get to the Basket page.

Customers can return to browsing the website without losing their Basket contents.

***

### Split the Basket items for partial fulfilment

Divide the Basket layout into multiple sections when products in the Order have different Delivery Dates or fulfilment requirements.

This provides transparency and sets clear expectations, similar to the experience when ordering from Amazon, when your items are fulfilled from different warehouses.

Each section of the split basket represents items scheduled for different delivery dates or fulfilment methods, ensuring customers understand when each part of their order will arrive.

***

### Offer express checkout from the Basket (Apple/Amazon Pay)

Enable customers to bypass the traditional checkout process and use Apple Pay or Amazon Pay directly from the Basket page.&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Payment Types](/docs/payments/payment-types)
{% endhint %}

***

### Save products to the Basket for later use

Allow customers to save products to their Basket for future reference.

This feature does not require customers to have an account; saved products will appear at the bottom of the basket page when customers return, reminding them of their previous interests.

Customers can easily manage their selections, moving items back to the basket or removing them as needed.

***

### Display Offer eligibility at the Basket stage&#x20;

When customers review their Basket, show them the Offers they have qualified for or are close to qualifying for.

This feature provides real-time updates on promotional eligibility, such as how much more they need to spend to qualify for 'Free Delivery.'

By clearly displaying these reminders, customers are encouraged to engage with available Offers, which can lead to increased order value.&#x20;

***

### Upsell and Cross-Sell from the Basket page

Offer customers related products and higher-end alternatives directly from the Basket page.

By suggesting complementary items or superior versions of products already added, customers are encouraged to consider additional or upgraded purchases.&#x20;

We have various tactics for choosing the cross-sell products including using artificial intelligence.

***

### Display Urgency Callouts on Basketed products

Remind customers when added products are low in stock by displaying **Urgency Callouts**.

This can increase the urgency to purchase by alerting customers of limited availability.

The low stock threshold and the message displayed are configured based on your preferences.

***

### Store Basket information with Persistent Baskets

As standard, we enable **Persistent Baskets** to store Basket contents for logged-in customers, allowing them to return and continue shopping at any time, on any device.

We provide both cross-session and cross-device persistence:

* **Cross-Session Persistence**: Items in the customer’s basket are saved even when they close their browser. This is implemented using a cookie.
* **Cross-Device Persistence**: Customers can access their basket from different devices if logged into the same account. This is implemented through server-side storage linked to the customer’s account.


# Checkout Functionality

With our checkout functionality, you can painlessly collect required billing information and securely process online payments.  can be adapted to suit complex products or specific business objectives.

***

### Hide your navigation at the Checkout stage

As standard, we follow the **Enclosed Checkout** approach of replacing the website navigation with a timeline bar that displays the customer's progress.

This design helps lock the customer into the checkout flow, focusing their attention on completing the transaction.

The timeline bar also provides a clear visual guide, allowing customers to see their progress and navigate back through the steps if necessary.&#x20;

***

### Checkout as a Guest or a Customer

Allow users to complete their purchases as Guests, or by logging into their [Customer Accounts](/docs/ecommerce-websites/customer-accounts) if they haven’t already.

Once the Customer logs in, their saved Billing Details (Name, Address) will automatically populate the checkout fields.

Users opting to check out as Guests can Create an Account using their provided details, capturing them as recorded Customers.

***

### Apply Promotional Codes and Gift Vouchers

We enable customers to apply Promotional Codes and Gift Vouchers directly from the Basket and/or Checkout page.

Eligible E-Vouchers will be displayed if a Customer is logged in and has active E-Vouchers associated with their Account.

They simply tick the boxes to apply them to their Order.&#x20;

***

### Summarise the accrued Loyalty Points for the Order

Display the number of Loyalty Points generated from the current Order.

This clearly summarises the rewards customers will earn with their purchase, highlighting the benefits of their loyalty.&#x20;

Customers can view a full breakdown of their Loyalty Points from their Account.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Loyalty System](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/loyalty-system)
{% endhint %}

***

### Offer regional checkout experiences

We can tailor the Checkout experience based on the customer’s region, accommodating international sales and their varied requirements.

This allows customisation of the checkout process to request additional or less information as necessary, ensuring compliance with regional regulations.

For instance, customers in different countries may have specific address format requirements or legal disclosures that must be addressed during checkout.

***

### Offer personalised Gift Wrapping at Checkout

Venditan Commerce allows you to offer gift wrapping as an optional service during the checkout process.

Gift wrapping is typically set up as a non-stock product, meaning it won’t affect inventory levels. However, if you offer gift wrapping using limited materials, such as premium boxes or branded packaging, you can choose to hold stock against it.

You can:

* Set a custom price for the service
* Add text fields for the customer to provide names or personalisation details
* Use the same functionality to offer premium delivery options, such as time-specific or VIP packaging services

This provides a flexible way to upsell added-value services while giving customers more choice at checkout.

***

### Add Comments to an Order

Include a Comments field in the Checkout process where customers can add specific instructions or communicate information related to their Order.&#x20;

***

### Offer a wide variety of Payment Methods

Provide customers with various Payment Methods, leveraging our Level 1 PCI-DSS compliant payment gateway partners and direct integrations to accommodate diverse customer preferences.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Payments](/docs/payments) or [B2B Payments](/docs/b2b/b2b-payments-finance)
{% endhint %}


# Delivery Methods

Capture accurate Delivery Information and offer eligible Delivery Methods to your customers.

***

### Automatically applied Delivery Method eligibility

Automatically present customers with eligible Delivery Methods based on your **Shipping Rules**.

Your website will calculate and offer relevant Delivery Methods that meet rich criteria, such as Destination, Product Weight, Packaging Dimensions, Order Date and Time of Day.

Ineligible options can be displayed in a greyed-out format or wholly removed from view, depending on your preference.&#x20;

{% hint style="success" %}
**Shipping simplified**

Venditan Commerce contains a powerful, rule-based system used to create [Delivery Methods](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-dispatch#shipping-rules) and control their eligibility.
{% endhint %}

***

### Offer a Nominated Day Delivery service

Allow customers to select a preferred day for their delivery.

This feature is particularly beneficial for high-value, perishable, or fragile items that require precise delivery scheduling when the customer is available at home.

Customers can choose their preferred delivery date during Checkout, ensuring convenience and reducing the risk of missed deliveries.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: This is usually configured using our integration with DPD.
{% endhint %}

***

### Deliver to a DPD Pickup Point

Give customers the option to deliver their Orders to a **DPD Pickup Point**.

This allows customers to choose a convenient pickup point during the checkout process, offering further flexibility for those who may not be available for home delivery.&#x20;

***

### Offer an in-store Click-and-Collect Service

Customers can purchase products through your website and collect their Orders at your retail store.

This feature is valuable for retailers with brick-and-mortar locations, offering convenience for customers who prefer to pick up their items in person.

By selecting the **Click-and-Collect** option at Checkout, customers can choose a nearby store and receive an automated notification when their Order is prepared for collection.&#x20;

{% hint style="success" %}
**BOPIS, ROPIS, and BORIS - Venditan Commerce supports it all**

Are you a brick-and-clicks retailer? Learn more about our integrated [EPOS software](/docs/in-store-epos).
{% endhint %}

***

### Offer a Reserve and Collect Service

Customers can place a reservation Order online and complete the transaction in-store.

This feature allows customers to reserve items, ensuring the stock is set aside to prevent overselling.

Customers can browse and reserve products online and then visit the store to finalise their purchase and pick up their items.

***

### :electric\_plug: Integration: What3words for accurate delivery locations

Integrate with **what3words** to collect precise delivery locations, which is especially useful for building entrances and rural addresses.

Customers can add their what3words address during checkout, ensuring accurate delivery even in remote or hard-to-find areas.

The what3words system divides the world into 3m x 3m squares, each identified by a unique three-word address, allowing deliveries to be pinpointed to exact locations.&#x20;

***

### :electric\_plug: Integration: Loqate for Postcode Lookup

We integrate the postcode lookup tool, Loqate, to simplify customer address entry during Checkout.

This feature allows customers to enter their postcode, triggering an automated address lookup that suggests and completes the rest of the address fields based on the provided postcode.&#x20;


# Order Communication

Keep customers informed with timely Order Updates, and customise the content of your communication to provide an accurate, useful post-purchase experience.

***

### Customise your Order Confirmation email

**Order Confirmation** emails are sent to the Customer's email address by default.

The content within these emails is completely customisable based on the information you want to communicate.

As standard, the email will contain:

* Order number and summary.
* Billing and shipping addresses.
* Payment method details.
* Estimated delivery date.
* Contact information for customer support.

You may need to send the customer custom information, such as a personalised thank you message, promotional offers, or specific instructions for certain products.\
\
Venditan Commerce can accommodate all of this. You can easily edit your confirmation email on the platform at any time.

***

### Customise your Order Dispatched email

Customers will receive an **Order Dispatched** email by default when the Order Status changes in Venditan Commerce; it will change when your fulfilment team closes off the Order Batch.

Like the Order Confirmation email, the content is fully configurable based on your needs.

By default, the email will include:

* Order number and summary.
* Shipping address.
* Courier name and any tracking number.
* Estimated delivery date.
* Contact information for customer support.

***

### Send automatic updates when Delivery Dates change

Our intelligent **Delivery Date Change Notification/Detection System (DDCN/D)** will automatically update customers if their predicted delivery date changes.

The system detects real-time adjustments and sends notifications via email or SMS, keeping customers informed and ensuring transparency throughout delivery.

***

### Customise your Ready for Collection confirmation email

When a customer opts to collect their order from a store, they will receive a **Ready for Collection** email once the order is ready for pickup.

This email includes the following standard details:

* Order number and summary
* Collection location and address
* Store opening hours
* Instructions for pickup
* Contact information for customer support

The email can also be customised to include additional details as needed.

***

### Check real-time Order Statuses from the Customer Account

Account-holding customers can check the real-time status of their orders directly from their [Order History](/docs/ecommerce-websites/customer-accounts#review-order-and-transaction-history) page.

The status changes automatically as you move through your fulfilment process.

***

### Automate your customer service follow-up emails

Send automated follow-up emails to request feedback within a timely window post-delivery.

Third-party integrations like **reviews.io** can support follow-up emails and collect and consolidate reviews into your preferred platform.

These reviews can then be integrated into your website.


# Checkout Security

Build customer confidence and process online transactions securely with our Level 1 PCI-DSS-compliant Payment Gateway partners.

***

### Hosted payments through Level 1 PCI-DSS Gateways

You can offer customers various Payment Methods, leveraging our Level 1 PCI-DSS-compliant Payment Gateway Partners and native integrations to accommodate diverse customer preferences.

Card details are taken on an external payment window hosted by the Payment Gateway.

This window is embedded into your website, maintaining a frictionless customer experience.

The transaction is handled externally from our server.

We are integrated with JudoPay, Global Payments and Braintree and can integrate with your preferred gateway if required.

We are also securely integrated with:

* **Express/Mobile Payments**: Amazon Pay, Google Pay, PayPal
* **Flexible/Buy Now Pay Later**: Klarna, PayPal Credit, Humm
* **Finance**: V12 Finance, Duologi

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Payments](/docs/payments)
{% endhint %}

***

### Trust mechanisms throughout the Checkout design

We incorporate trust mechanisms throughout our standard Checkout design to build credibility and reassure customers.

This includes displaying security partner logos, padlocks, and payment processing logos.

By prominently featuring these trust signals, customers are reassured of the security and reliability of the transaction process.

***

### Securely collect email addresses for marketing purposes

Capture GDPR-compliant marketing data at checkout.

Customer data collection is linked to your privacy policy and consent is obtained transparently.

In integrated, the captured data is sent to your email marketing platform.

:electric\_plug: We are integrated with several leading platforms, including Mailchimp and Klaviyo, with which we hold a Silver Advisory Partner status.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Learn more:** [Email Marketing](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/email-marketing)
{% endhint %}

***

### Enrich your Basket and Checkout with helpful content

Enhance your Basket and Checkout pages by adding helpful support content.

We can customise the template with important quick links, such as help desk information, live chat pop-up triggers, and other relevant resources.

This can prove especially useful for complex products that may raise questions or barriers to purchase.&#x20;

You can edit this content at any time using the [Venditan Commerce CMS](/docs/ecommerce-websites).


# In-Store (EPOS)

Process fast, painless in-store sales and deliver the latest online-to-store features through our integrated electronic point of sale (EPOS) software.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Sales, Payments, Returns</strong></td><td>Processing in-store transactions, including collections.</td><td><a href="/pages/y7xnxugEpmdVvuqaxJpD">/pages/y7xnxugEpmdVvuqaxJpD</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Managing Stock</strong></td><td>How Venditan Commerce manages your in-store stock and replenishment.</td><td><a href="/pages/f9ZgzpHa6Dlauz09PZMs">/pages/f9ZgzpHa6Dlauz09PZMs</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Managing Customers</strong></td><td>EPOS features that help operators to deliver great customer service.</td><td><a href="/pages/iMNYkaNbu1ABGiur6dEs">/pages/iMNYkaNbu1ABGiur6dEs</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>In-Store Reporting</strong></td><td>Reporting capabilities built into the EPOS system.</td><td><a href="/pages/xkSMUAjy50jlKiLRYy4c">/pages/xkSMUAjy50jlKiLRYy4c</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Users &#x26; Admin</strong></td><td>Managing EPOS Users and other administrative tools.</td><td><a href="/pages/9tRjV3V9G7S65xUn89CE">/pages/9tRjV3V9G7S65xUn89CE</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Hardware</strong></td><td>In-store hardware we can supply for you.</td><td><a href="/pages/f7TebOW55hFtamHbclLf">/pages/f7TebOW55hFtamHbclLf</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Sales, Payments & Returns

Our EPOS software is designed to make in-store sales and payments quick, intuitive and secure–and give you instant access to the latest online-to-store features like Click and Collect.

***

### Prepare a Sale

Preparing a Sale is simple and efficient.

Below is a typical in-store sales preparation process covering the key functionality of the EPOS software:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Scan a product to start

Initiate the Sale by scanning the first product. Each scanned product automatically populates the Sale Basket.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Input product quantities

Quickly add multiples of the same product by entering the quantity.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Search and add products

Quickly locate and manually add problematic products.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Add Hotshots to the Sale Basket

Hotshots are quick-add products that don't require scanning or barcodes, like gift wrapping and shopping bags. They are presented to the operator as part of the sales preparation process.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Add miscellaneous products to the Sale Basket

Add unlisted products by entering a Product Title, Price and VAT applicability.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Add a Note to the Sale

Attach Notes to the Sale, saved with the completed transaction in Venditan Commerce.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

Once the Sale is prepared, the operator can proceed to Payment.

***

### Prepare a Payment

Before taking Payment, there are actions operators can take to ensure a smooth payment process.

#### Assign the Sale to a Customer

Assign the Sale to a [Customer Account](/docs/customer-management-crm/managing-customers#create-and-edit-customer-data) by searching for their details (e.g. Name, Address, Post Code, Company) or scanning their Customer ID card.

This ensures that the sale is presented in their Order History and, if applicable, awards [Loyalty Points](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/loyalty-system).

#### Create a Customer Account

Set up a new Customer Account directly from the EPOS system, inputting the required details on behalf of the Customer.

The Customer is then saved to the Venditan Commerce CRM and is sent an automated email to complete their registration.

#### Discount the Sale

Apply Discounts to the sale as needed.

Operators can select from your predefined EPOS Discount Actions, applied on a line-by-line basis:

| EPOS Discount                    | Summary                                                                                  | Example                               |
| -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------- |
| **Discount by Percentage**       | Discount the price of a line item by a fixed percentage.                                 | 20% reduction                         |
| **Discount by Amount**           | Discount the price of a line item by a fixed value.                                      | £20 reduction                         |
| **Set New Price (Line Item)**    | Update the price of a line item, for this Sale only.                                     | Change a product from £10.99 to £5.99 |
| **Discount by 100% (Line Item)** | Set the price of a line item to zero, for this Sale only. Includes a Confirmation Screen | £10.99 to £0.00                       |

***

### Take a Payment

Once the Sale is prepared and the customer is ready, the operator can **process the Payment** using a variety of in-store payment methods.

<table><thead><tr><th width="205">Payment Method</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Card Machine</strong></td><td>Venditan Commerce is integrated with the Verifone P400 card machine, which supports chip and pin, contactless and mobile wallet  payments (e.g. Apple Pay.) Verifone accepts all major debit and credit cards, and AMEX if enabled.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cash</strong></td><td>The can be paired with a cash register to process cash transactions.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Split Payments</strong></td><td>Combine cash and card payments to accommodate customer preferences.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Vouchers</strong></td><td>Accept gift cards or store-issued vouchers as a method of payment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Loyalty Points</strong></td><td>Identify the customer and apply part, or all of their Loyalty Points towards the Sale.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Trade Account</strong></td><td>If enabled, process payments on Credit or Trade Accounts, allowing customers to settle Invoices at a later date.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Take offline card payments**

Operators can accept card payments even if internet connectivity is temporarily disrupted. Verifone securely queues transactions for processing when the connection is restored.

**Handle failed card payments**

Manage failed payments with clear error prompts, enabling the operator to retry or attempt alternative payment methods.

***

### Complete a Sale

After processing the Payment, operators can perform several **post-purchase actions** to finalise the transaction.

<table><thead><tr><th width="204">Action</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Give Change</strong></td><td>If the customer paid in cash, the EPOS prompts the operator with the exact change due.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Generate a Receipt</strong></td><td><p>Print a physical receipt or email a digital one to the customer.</p><p></p><p>Email receipts can be sent to an address on their Account or entered into the system for Guest purchases.</p><p></p><p>Receipts can be reprinted. Their design can also be adjusted to meet your needs.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Print a Gift Receipt</strong></td><td>Print a gift receipt with product prices hidden, either as a physical copy or via email.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Print an E-Voucher</strong></td><td>Generate and print E-Vouchers purchased.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Print Card Receipts</strong></td><td>Print a customer and merchant copy of the card machine transaction.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Close the Sale</strong></td><td>Finalise the Sale by closing it in the system. This action is only enabled once a receipt has been issued.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Automatic Logout</strong></td><td>If enabled, the operator is automatically logged out of the system once the sale is finalised.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Hold or Cancel a Sale

The operator can **Hold** or **Cancel** the sale at any point during the sale process.

<table><thead><tr><th width="166">Action</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Hold a Sale</strong></td><td><p>Temporarily Hold a Sale to attend to other customers or tasks.</p><p></p><p>Held Sales can be resumed at any time during the same day but will be cleared automatically when a <a href="/pages/xkSMUAjy50jlKiLRYy4c">Z Reading</a> is performed at the end of the trading day.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cancel a Sale</strong></td><td>Cancel a Sale entirely if it is longer required. This action clears the Sale Basket and resets the terminal for the next customer.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Manage Returns, Exchanges and Refunds

The EPOS system supports processes for managing in-store Returns, Exchanges, and Refunds.

**Returns and Exchanges: With a receipt**

If the Customer has their Recepit, operators can efficiently process Returns and Exchanges by following these generic steps:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Scan the Receipt to start

Scanning the Receipt will automatically load the Returns interface.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Prepare the Return/Exchange

The operator is presented with the original sale on screen. They scan the returned product or use the minus button on the transaction line to modify the sale details to reflect the return.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Select a Return Reason

Choose a preset [Return Reason](/docs/admin-and-tools/tools#manage-your-reasons) for each returned product, e.g. Damaged, Unwanted, or Under Warranty.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Issue a Refund

Refund the negative transaction balance using the card machine; chip-and-pin authentication may be required. Cash refunds can also be issued where necessary.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### (Or) Exchange the product for another

Add replacement products by scanning them. These will appear under the "New/Replacement Items" tab.

If an Exchange exceeds the value of the returned products, additional payment can be made.&#x20;

Alternatively, issue a refund if the replacement item's cost is lower.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Print a Receipt

Provide a printed or emailed summary of the Return, Refund and/or Exchange for the Customer.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Returns and Exchanges: Without a receipt**

This process can also be completed without a receipt.

In this case, the operator opens the Returns interface on the system and scans the product(s) due for return.

This will populate the Returned Items basket manually.

From there, the Exchange, Refund and Receipt processes can be completed as required.

***

### Offer Buy Online, Return In-Store (BORIS)

Venditan Commerce supports a **Buy Online, Return In-Store (BORIS)** service for online orders.

Using the same process as handling Returns and Exchanges without a receipt, products can be returned, and refunds issued.

The returned product is logged back into the store Location[^1] in Venditan Commerce.

If the product is intended for online sale only, an additional step is required: using Venditan Commerce to perform an [internal stock transfer](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/stock-control-and-warehousing#transfer-stock-from-one-location-to-another) back to the website.

***

### Offer a Buy Online, Pick-Up In-Store service (BOPIS)

Allow customers to **Buy Online and Pick-Up In-Store (BOPIS)** by selecting in-store collection as their Delivery Method, a.k.a **Click and Collect**.

The EPOS system works alongside Venditan Commerce to manage and fulfil click-and-collect orders efficiently.

**How it works**

Once an online order is placed, the process varies based on the product's location within your business.

<table><thead><tr><th width="185">Fulfilment Process</th><th width="230">Summary</th><th width="342">Process</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>In-Store Stock</strong></td><td>The customer places a click-and-collect order for a product that is already available at their intended collection store.</td><td>In-store teams can view allocated orders and receive notifications when new orders are placed, allowing them to set the product aside for collection.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Warehouse Stock</strong></td><td>The customer places a click-and-collect order for a product held at a warehouse.</td><td>Venditan Commerce automatically generates an Internal Stock Transfer, which notifies the warehouse team to pick, pack, and ship the product to the store. The customer is kept informed through automated order communication.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Different Store</strong></td><td>The customer places a click-and-collect order for a product currently at another store.</td><td>Venditan Commerce automatically generates an Internal Shipping Request (ISR), which notifies the store team to pick, pack, and ship the product to the sister store. The customer is kept notified through automated order communication.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Customer Communication**

Venditan Commerce automatically sends customers order updates including:

* Order confirmation and acceptance.
* Estimated collection date and collection process details.
* Notifications when the order is ready for collection.

**Handling the collection**

When the customer arrives at the store to collect the order, our EPOS software supports the following process:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Locate the order

The customer provides their Name or Order Number, which is entered into the system to locate the order.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Review the collection details

The operator checks the collection order against the products prepared for pickup, confirming everything is in order.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Close the order

After the customer receives their products, the operator closes the order, updating the Order Status to "Collected" within the system. This completes the transaction and updates the stock accordingly.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Offer Reserve Online, Pick-Up In-Store (ROPIS)

We can also support an online in-store collection service for part-purchased products.

The main difference is that your website will be configured to take a deposit against the product. The stock is then ringfenced and cannot be sold again. The customer visits the store to pay the remaining balance and settle the order.

This functionality is beneficial for high-ticket items that must be trialled, viewed or tried on before the customer fully commits.

***

### Offer Buy In-Store, Ship to Customer

This feature allows operators to convert an in-store sale into a web order for home delivery, which is ideal for heavy products or customer convenience.

The generic process is as follows:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Select the Customer

The operator selects the Customer by looking them up in the system or scanning their customer ID card. EPOS also supports New Customer creation.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Prepare the Sale

The operator searches for the products the customer wishes to purchase and adds them as line items.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Select a Delivery Method

Available [Delivery Methods](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-dispatch#setting-up-your-delivery-methods) are presented on screen, allowing the operator to choose the preferred option based on Shipping Rules configured for the business.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Take Payment

Payment is processed as usual, either through card, cash, or other available payment methods.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Generate a Receipt

The transaction is completed, and a receipt is issued to the customer.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

The customer is provided with standard [Order and Delivery Communication](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-dispatch#automate-your-order-communication) as they would do if they ordered online.

***

### Offer Buy In-Store, Collect In-Store

This process allows customers to purchase an item in-store and select to collect it later from the same store or a different one.

The operator follows the process detailed in the **Buy In-Store, Ship to Customer** feature; when selecting a Delivery Method, they would select In-Store Collection and choose from a list of available locations.

***

### Build a Sale Basket from your shop floor

Use handheld Microsoft Surface Pro tablets to provide personalised, one-on-one customer service, building a Sale Basket directly from the shop floor.

The operator uses the tablet to scan products, input quantities, or search for items, just like the central EPOS system.

Once the order is finalised, the operator returns it to the central EPOS system to complete the sale and make the payment.

It may be possible to take payment from the shop floor, but this would depend upon range and connectivity.

***

### Generate Quotations for a future sale

The EPOS software allows operators to provide customers with a quotation for selected products, ideal for high-ticket or consultation-led purchases that can be completed at a later date.

The operator prepares the sale following the standard process.

Once the Sale Basket is complete, the operator can generate a Quotation Receipt.

This can be sent directly to the customer via email or printed as a receipt.

When the customer decides to purchase, the quotation can be converted into a sale. The operator can scan the quotation receipt or use the Transaction Lookup feature to find the quotation and process payment.

***

### Sell Gift Vouchers in-store

Sell physical **Gift Vouchers** that can be used online or in-store.

You can use Venditan Commerce to set up barcodes that can then be printed into gift cards.

Operators scan the barcodes, input the required monetary value, and make the payment.

The Gift Vouchers can be used online by inputting the barcode, or in-store when an operator scans it.

***

### Browse your Sales History

The EPOS software provides functionality to search for and review previously completed sales, whether they were processed in-store or online.

Sales can be located by scanning the barcode on a customer receipt or by searching for the Order ID / Customer Name.

Search results display a complete summary of the transaction, including:

* Product lines.
* Payment method.
* Customer details.
* Notes added to the sale.

Depending on the state of the transaction, the following actions are available:

* **Exchange**: Initiate an exchange for the transaction (see Returns for details).
* **Refund**: Start a refund process for the transaction (see Returns for details).
* **Reprint Receipt**: Print a copy of the transaction’s receipt.
* **Resend E-Receipt**: Send the receipt to the customer’s email address

[^1]: [Stock Locations](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms/stock-control-and-warehousing#structure-your-stock-management-with-locations-stores-and-bins) are the individual locations you use to hold stock, such as warehouses, fulfilment centres and physical stores.


# Managing Stock

Keep your stock levels in check across multiple stores and ensure your replenishment needs are met daily with an EPOS system fully integrated into Venditan Commerce.

***

### Set up your store as a Stock Location

Your stores will be set up as **Stock Locations** in Venditan Commerce, representing the physical places where stock is stored—for sale or storage—such as retail stores and warehouses.

**Divide a Stock Location into Stores and Bins**

Stock Locations (in this case, your retail store) are further divided into **Stores** and **Bins** to help you organise stock more effectively:

* **Stores**: Represent the location's main areas, allowing store segmentation into manageable zones.
* **Bins**: Represent individual storage spaces within each Store, providing even greater granularity.

This setup digitally mirrors your store's layout, making it easy to pinpoint a product's location and accurately track its availability for sale.

For example:

* **Shop Floor**: Products available for purchase, which can be divided into multiple Bins for different sections, e.g., Men’s Clothing and Accessories.
* **Shop Goods In**: Stock awaiting shelving or further distribution.
* **Storage**: Items kept in storage areas, not currently on the shop floor or reserved for immediate sale.
* **Returned Items**: Products returned by customers, awaiting processing or restocking.
* **Holding**: Reserved items awaiting customer collection.
* **Missing Items**: Products flagged as unaccounted for.

{% hint style="success" %}
Note: This functionality can be as detailed or simple as you need it to be. Your requirements are discussed and configured during your switch over to Venditan Commerce.
{% endhint %}

***

### Use product barcodes to track stock movement

All individual products are **Barcoded**.

Barcodes can be provided by the manufacturer or automatically generated by Venditan Commerce.

Throughout a product’s journey — from internal movements to preparing a Sale or managing a Return — Barcodes are scanned to ensure precise stock tracking.

Whether a stock is moving from a warehouse to a store, between stores, or being sold, each interaction is logged, and the appropriate action, such as stock adjustments after a sale, is applied in real time.

***

### Search for a product using the EPOS system

Operators can use the **Lookup Product** feature to search your inventory. Operators can search by:

* **Product Information**: Typing in a search term such as the Product Title, Product Code or Barcode.
* **Scan to Search**: Scanning the product's barcode. If successful, the product will appear as a single search result.

**Reviewing the product from the EPOS system**

The following information can be accessed from the EPOS terminal:

* **Product Description**: Operators can read the [Product Description](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#descriptions-and-media) to assist customers with product details.
* **Stock Levels**: A table shows stock availability across Stock Locations (your other stores and warehouses), enabling operators to discuss options such as ordering the item via an Internal Stock Transfer.

***

### Mana**ging the product from the EPOS system**

The following actions can be performed when viewing a product:

When viewing a product, the following actions are available:

* **Add to Sale**: Add the item to an open sale or start a new sale directly from the product.
* **Read Details:** Read the product's description and stock availability.

***

### Create Hotshots for quick basket-add items

Hotshots are non-inventory items that can be quickly added to a sale without scanning, perfect for on-the-spot sales like carrier bags and gift wrapping.

When preparing a Sale, these items are presented to the operator, allowing them to add them without needing to search for them.

***

### Replenish your Stock

Venditan Commerce contains several replenishment processes to fit different strategies and operational scales.

We support both internal and external replenishment methods:

* **Internal Stock Transfers**: Replenish retail stock by ordering it internally from your central warehouse or distribution centre.
* **Direct Replenishment**: Order retail stock externally from a supplier or manufacturer, with delivery directly to the store.

Every business has unique replenishment needs, so we work closely with you during your switch to Venditan Commerce to maximise your platform use.

***

### Replenishment Report: Day-to-day replenishment

The Replenishment Report is an essential tool for managing your shop floor stock levels over some time (Hours, Days)

Here's how it works:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose a Date/Time

Set the period for analysis, this can be over days or a period within the day e,g. Last two hours
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Identify low-stocked products

Quickly spot products running low on the shop floor to avoid gaps in your inventory.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### View a snapshot of Sales

Access a concise overview of what has sold over the Date/Time.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Receive actionable insight

Use the report to advise on replenishing shop floor stock from your store room, ensuring shelves remain stocked and customer demand is met.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

This feature is accessible directly from the EPOS system, making it a convenient and practical resource for keeping your shop floor stocked and ready to serve customers.

***

### Transfer stock between stores

Transferring stock between stores is essential when fulfilling orders where stock isn’t immediately available at the current location.

Operators can manually initiate a transfer via the EPOS system.

They select the source and target locations for the transfer and list the items and their respective quantities.

Once the details are entered, an Internal Stock Transfer is generated and remains pending until the stock is picked and dispatched from the source location.

***

### Configure Price Types for EPOS

You can configure multiple Price Types within Venditan Commerce and choose which of these should be made available to your tills.

This allows you to support more complex pricing strategies beyond just the standard retail and sale prices. For example, you may wish to offer:

* Trade pricing for B2B customers in-store.
* Staff pricing for employee purchases.
* Member pricing for loyalty programme participants.
* Event or promotion-specific pricing.

Price Types can be assigned at the product level and downstreamed to the EPOS system, ensuring in-store pricing aligns with your broader commercial strategy.

***

### Restock your returned or exchanged products

Operators can efficiently manage returns and exchanges using the EPOS system.

Here's how returned goods are typically handled:

* **Returns Management**: Handle returns seamlessly with the EPOS built-in RMA system, locating orders via receipt scanning or transaction lookup.
* **Held in Returns Store**: Returned items are digitally assigned to the Returns Store for that Location, ensuring they are not immediately re-added to stock. Physically, these items are likely kept in a designated area of your store room.
* **Available for Sale**: Once reviewed and deemed fit for resale, products are scanned using handheld devices, reallocated to the floor store, and made available for purchase.
* **Write-Offs**: Faulty or damaged goods can be written off and assigned to a dedicated bin for disposal or processing.

This process ensures accurate tracking and handling of returns, maintaining inventory integrity while preparing products for their next stage.


# Managing Customers

Our EPOS software includes customer relationship management features that allow operators to provide excellent in-store service and support.

***

### Identify Customers and edit their information

Search for and manage customer records from within the EPOS software.

<table><thead><tr><th width="259">Action</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Search for Customers</strong></td><td>Find customers by name, surname, postcode, email address, or account number. We also support barcodes for customer ID cards, which can be scanned for quick identification.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>View Customer Records</strong></td><td>Access a complete customer profile, including a complete order history, contact details and internal notes.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Edit Customer Information</strong></td><td>Update customer records, including their marketing preferences. </td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="warning" %}
For security, operators are prompted to enter a Venditan Commerce password before saving any changes to Customer Data.
{% endhint %}

***

### Create a New Customer from the EPOS System

Create new customers from within the EPOS software.

* **Enter Customer Details**: Fill out the required fields, including name, address, and marketing opt-in. A postcode lookup feature is available for faster entry.
* **Save Options**:
  * Select Save to store the customer record without linking it to any transaction.
  * Select Save & Select to save the customer and immediately associate them with the ongoing sale or start a new transaction if one isn’t already active.

***

### Assign Sales to a Customer

When preparing a Sale, you can assign the Sale to a specific Customer to ensure it is recorded in their [Order History](/docs/ecommerce-websites/customer-accounts#review-order-and-transaction-history):

* **Assign During Sale**: While prepping the Sale, search for and select the Customer you want to associate with the transaction.
* **Track Customer Orders**: This ensures that all purchases are linked to the customer’s profile, making tracking their order history and providing personalised service easier.

***

### Leave Notes on a Customer Account

Operators can add internal Notes to a Customer Account, making tracking important details or special instructions easier.

Notes are accessible to anyone viewing the Customer’s record, including on Venditan Commerce, ensuring all team members have relevant customer information.


# In-Store Reporting

The EPOS system offers a range of in-built features, including essential X and Z readings, as well as advanced analytics to assess shop and operator performance.

***

### Sales by Hour Report

Generate a breakdown of:

* Transactions
* Items Sold
* Revenue

This data is presented per Hour over a designated period or since the last Z-Read was performed.

The report can be printed for record-keeping and analysis.

***

### Cashier Analysis Report

Generate a breakdown of:

* Transactions
* Items Sold
* Revenue

This data is presented per Operator over a designated period or since the last Z-Read was performed.&#x20;

The report can be printed for record-keeping and analysis.

***

### Replenishment Report

Generate a breakdown of:

* Items Sold
* Items Returned
* Difference (+/-)

This data is organised per Product over a designated period or since the last Z-Read was performed.&#x20;

The report can be printed for record-keeping and analysis.

***

### X-Read

Run an X-Read report, which includes:

* **Takings**: Broken down by Payment Type.
* **Expenses**: Petty cash used.
* **Refunds**: Broken down by Payment Type.
* **Cash Movement**: Cash in and out.
* **Summary**: Expected totals by Payment Type for reconciliation.

Additional actions:

* Review suspended transactions.
* Print the X-Read.
* Open the drawer to verify cash figures.

{% hint style="info" %}
X-Readings provide a snapshot of current sales data without resetting the EPOS system.&#x20;
{% endhint %}

***

### Z-Read

Run a Z-Read report, which includes:

* All information included in the X-Read report.
* **Cash in Till**: The expected total of cash in the drawer.

After reconciliation, operators are directed to the Cash-In screen to update the till float. This is a final report that closes out the sales cycle and resets the system.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Any suspended transactions must be resumed or cancelled to complete the Z-Read.
{% endhint %}

***

### Cash-In

Prompted after completing the Z-Read, this process involves:

1. Opening the drawer and putting the new float into the till.
2. Entering the new float amount into the system.
3. Setting the float value.

If not completed at the end of the day, this process will be prompted again at the next login.

***

### Inventory Valuation Report

Generate a valuation of all stock held at the Location (retail store).

{% hint style="info" %}
This report is generated from within Venditan Commerce. [Click here](/docs/reports-and-analytics/stock-inventory#inventory-valuation-report) for more information.
{% endhint %}


# Users & Admin

Manage EPOS users, administration rights, and key settings with Venditan Commerce’s advanced User Profiles functionality.

***

### EPOS Users and Administration Rights

EPOS users are created and managed within Venditan Commerce’s **User Management** system.

Administration rights are controlled using **User Profile** functionality, enabling tiered access levels and workflows, such as:

* Approvals for orders above a certain amount.
* Access to specific report types.

{% hint style="info" %}
For more information, read through our [User Profile](/docs/admin-and-tools/users-and-access) documentation.
{% endhint %}

***

### Logging in to the EPOS System

Each EPOS User has a unique PIN for secure system access.

PINs can be converted into barcoded ID cards, allowing users to scan themselves in for quick login.

***

### Security Settings: Timeouts and Automatic Logout

Configure a session timeout based on inactivity, ensuring security while preserving session activity for a seamless return.

Enable auto-logout after each sale, which is helpful for shops with lower sales frequencies.

***

### Offline Mode is supported

The EPOS system runs a local software version with key inventory and customer data, allowing uninterrupted operation during internet downtime.

***

### Manage your Float

Manage your cash float with ease:

* **Deposit Cash**: Maintain sufficient change by adding cash to the till.
* **Withdraw Cash**: Secure excess cash or balance the till.
* T**racking**: All actions are automatically reflected in X-Read (interim report) and Z Read (end-of-day report).

***

### Customise your Receipts

By default, printed receipts include transaction details, the date and time, a barcode and your company logo.

We can customise receipts to include additional information, such as the operator’s name or promotional messages. Just let us know what your requirements are.

***

### Smart Search in EPOS

The **Smart Search** feature in Venditan Commerce EPOS allows in-store teams to quickly locate key information across products, orders, and customers, without switching between screens.

By entering a single keyword or phrase into the Smart Search bar, the EPOS surfaces relevant results across three columns:

* Inventory: Displays matching products, including stock levels, pricing, and the option to add items directly to the transaction.
* Orders: Returns relevant customer orders based on criteria such as customer name or order ID.
* Customers: Surfaces customer records using information like name, email address, or postal address.

Once enabled, Smart Search simplifies day-to-day EPOS usage. Store staff can look up products, check customer order history, or access account information using a single input.

***

### Updating the EPOS Software

When updates are available, they appear as a notification within the system. You can install them at your convenience.

***

### Remote Access

Our team can remotely access your EPOS system for diagnostics and support, ensuring minimal downtime.


# Hardware

Discover the in-store hardware options we provide to support your transition to Venditan Commerce.

***

### Till Systems: AURES

We can supply a range of Aures hardware, including:

* Yuno II
* Yuno
* Sango
* TRX 3000

{% hint style="warning" %}
Our EPOS software can run on any machine meeting the following minimum specifications:

* Processor: Intel Core i5 (7th Gen or newer; ideally i7 - 3rd Gen or newer for extended lifespan)
* Memory: 16GB RAM or more
* Storage: 240GB SSD or larger
* Operating System: Windows 10 Professional or Windows 11
  {% endhint %}

***

### Printers

* **Aures ODP 333**: We can supply the Aures ODP 333 printer or support your preferred model.
* **Shelf Edge Labels**: Compatible with Citizen and Zebra printers.

***

### Card Machines: Verifone P400

Our EPOS system integrates seamlessly with the **Verifone P400** card reader.

We can integrate with your preferred card machines if necessary.

***

### Scanners

Our EPOS supports any generic barcode scanner with the following capabilities:

* Bluetooth connectivity or USB connection.
* Ability to scan standard barcodes.

If you're unsure which scanner to choose, we can provide recommendations.

***

### Shop Floor Devices

Run the EPOS software on **Microsoft Surface Pro** devices to create baskets and assist customers directly on the shop floor.


# Mobile Apps

Launch a readily-developed Mobile App, fully integrated with your website and store.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Setup &#x26; Management</strong></td><td>How the App is set up, launched and managed.</td><td><a href="/pages/WFc5MPBCH4Ysqc373ovy">/pages/WFc5MPBCH4Ysqc373ovy</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Features</strong></td><td>What the App can do for you and your customers.</td><td><a href="/pages/1eGaBfvxAmhRVordAzut">/pages/1eGaBfvxAmhRVordAzut</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Maintenance &#x26; Security</strong></td><td>How we maintain and secure the App.</td><td><a href="/pages/D7yijOJXCKWBrOSOii9h">/pages/D7yijOJXCKWBrOSOii9h</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Setup & Management

Let’s start by introducing you to how the App is set up and launched, and how it is managed daily.

***

### Optimised mobile app interface

The App uses a standardised interface that is split into seven core areas.

<table><thead><tr><th width="141">Area</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Home</strong></td><td>The home screen contains a product search bar and a customisable list of calls to action, managed through Venditan Commerce.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Search</strong></td><td>Search interface containing a product search bar and a navigational menu of Product Categories and Brands.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Listings</strong></td><td>Listings interface displaying products within a Product Category or Brand.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product</strong></td><td>Individual product interface displaying product information.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Basket</strong></td><td>Used to manage the customer’s basket and initiate checkout.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Wishlist</strong></td><td>Used to manage the customer’s <a href="/pages/acRebz1ymZ56meU4sEif#review-and-purchase-wishlisted-products">Wishlist</a>.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Account</strong></td><td>Used to manage the customer’s account, when logged in to the App.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Built for iOS and Android

The App is developed and optimised for **iOS** and **Android** devices.

We will handle the launch of your app to the **Apple App Store** and **Google Play marketplaces** following rigorous testing.

We keep the apps updated against the changing iOS and Android operating systems, please refer to Maintenance and Security for more information.

***

### Managed through Venditan Commerce and Firebase

The app is managed by two platforms: **Venditan Commerce** and **Firebase**.

The App is connected to Venditan Commerce via a secure API. Key management features include:

* **Sync Inventory**: Fetch and display your product information. By default, the App will display all of the products available on your website.
* **Customer Accounts**: Fetch and display Customer Account details and Order Histories.
* **Capture Orders**: The App will capture/accept customer orders which are then sent to Venditan Commerce for fulfilment.
* **Update Content**: Manage the App’s Home Screen and pages through the Venditan Commerce CMS.

Google’s **Firebase** can be used to send custom Push Notifications to App users.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [App Features](/docs/mobile-apps/features)
{% endhint %}

***

### Reporting & Analytics

App performance can be monitored from Google Analytics 4 and we will configure this for you when the App is launched.

This will give you an insight into:

* **User Engagement**: Track how users interact with your app, including session duration, pages/screens viewed, and in-app events, to understand engagement levels.
* **User Acquisition**: Identify where users are coming from (organic, social, paid), helping optimise marketing channels and improve acquisition strategies.
* **Revenue Insights**: Monitor in-app purchases and ad revenue, showing your app’s financial performance and helping refine monetisation tactics.
* **User Retention**: See how often users return, retention rates over time, and churn patterns, offering insights to boost long-term engagement and reduce drop-offs.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Google Analytics 4 Training**

Google Analytics 4 training can be provided during your onboarding or App launch.
{% endhint %}


# Features

Our App delivers a fast, optimised shopping experience, putting your products at your customers' fingertips. Explore the key features available right out of the box.

***

### Customer Accounts

Customers can log into their **Customer Accounts** and perform or receive the following actions.

<table><thead><tr><th width="220">Feature</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Log In</strong></td><td>Log in to their Account, including via Google and Apple.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Registration</strong></td><td>Create a new Customer Account.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Account Details</strong></td><td>Review and edit their Account Details.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Saved Cards</strong></td><td>Manage their saved Debit and/or Credit Cards.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order History</strong></td><td>Review a complete Order History across all Sales Channels.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Tracking</strong></td><td>Review Order Statuses and track open Orders.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Notifications</strong></td><td>Receive App notifications for Order Status changes, and ad-hoc Push Notifications managed from Firebase.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Device Security</strong></td><td>Manage logged-in Devices and force log-out if required.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Wishlist</strong></td><td>Review products saved to their Wishlist.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Reserve and Collect</strong></td><td>Set a preferred Reserve and Collect Location.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Loyalty Points</strong></td><td>Review their accrued Loyalty Points.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Loyalty Card</strong></td><td>Add their Loyalty Card to their Apple Wallet. (iOS)</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Password Reset</strong></td><td>Reset their Account password in-app.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Biometric Login for Mobile App Accounts

Venditan Commerce supports biometric authentication (Face ID or fingerprint recognition) for logging into customer accounts via your mobile app.

When enabled on supported devices, biometric login allows users to access their accounts quickly and securely without needing to enter a password each time, improving the overall app experience and reducing login friction.

***

### Browsing Products

Customers can use the App to browse your inventory.

To help identify the right product for them, App users can:

<table><thead><tr><th width="221">Feature</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Search Products</strong></td><td>Search your inventory using our App's in-built search engine, or search integration.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Browse Products</strong></td><td>Browse your inventory using a category/subcategory menu system.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Wishlist Products</strong></td><td>Save products to their Wishlist which is stored in their Account and available across all platforms.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Filter Products</strong></td><td>Filter product lists by Size, Colour, Price, Brand, Categories, Stock Availability or any other Product Attribute, all implemented based on your requirements.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>View Reviews</strong></td><td>View customer reviews, integrated with your choice of third-party review platform.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: By default, the App will display all the products available on your eCommerce website. If necessary, this can be configured to give you greater control.
{% endhint %}

***

### Product Display Pages (PDP)

The **Product Display Pages (PDP)** in the App showcase individual products and can include the following features.

<table><thead><tr><th width="249">Feature</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Basic Product Information</strong></td><td>Browse the Product title, Description, Price, available variations and stock-related information.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Media</strong></td><td>Browse a Product Image gallery, with support for 360-degree images and product videos.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customisation Options</strong></td><td>Select from available variations, like Size and Colour.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Additional Information</strong></td><td>Browse additional product information, like Size Guides and Reviews.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Finance Options</strong></td><td>Browse information about payment plans.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Social Sharing</strong></td><td>Ability to share the product via social media platforms.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Checkout, Payment & Delivery

After selecting a product, App users can move through a quick and easy **Checkout** process.

#### P**ayment Methods**

The App supports the following **Payment Types**:

* New/saved Debit and Credit card payments, hosted by one of our Level 1 PCI-DSS Compliant Payment Gateway integrations.
* Apple Pay. iOS only.
* PayPal and PayPal Credit.
* V12 Finance.
* E-Vouchers.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Payments](/docs/payments)
{% endhint %}

**Delivery Methods**

By default, the App will offer the Delivery Methods you have configured for your eCommerce website.

{% hint style="info" %}
Venditan Commerce allows you to set up your [Delivery Methods](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-dispatch#setting-up-your-delivery-methods), manage your Courier collections, and control shipping eligibility with a powerful, built-in rules system.
{% endhint %}

***

### Push Notifications

General marketing **Push Notifications** can be sent to engage and update your customers.

Managed through the Firebase dashboard, these notifications allow you to customise the text, image, and in-app destination link, directing customers to a specific app screen when they tap the notification.

This functionality lets you tailor messages that drive engagement and bring customers directly to relevant content or promotions within the app.

Additionally, you have access to the Analytics dashboard within Firebase, where you can see how many customers received the notifications, how many opened and how many converted after opening the notification.

***

### Order Communication

Customers can easily track their Order Status through the Order History and Tracking screen within the Account tab of the App.

Additionally, they’ll receive real-time app notifications at key stages of their order lifecycle—such as when an order is shipped—keeping them informed every step of the way.&#x20;

***

### Editable content pages

You can control your App’s content, including the Homepage, Terms & Conditions, Delivery Information, and other unique pages, independently of your website.

All content is managed via the Venditan Commerce [CMS](/docs/ecommerce-websites/cms-pages).

**Homepage Customisation**

* Set unique call-to-action (CTA) blocks tailored to your app audience.
* Link to categories best suited for mobile users.

This allows you to tailor the mobile experience to engage your customers from the very first tap.

***

{% hint style="success" %}

#### Custom Functionality

Do you need your mobile app to do something unique?

Our in-house app team can develop custom features to match your requirements. For example:

* Enable specialised customer experiences, tailored recommendations, or exclusive in-app content and guides
* Integrate custom order workflows, allowing customers to select specific delivery options or schedule services.
* Offer unique payment methods or account features suited to your customer base.

Whatever your app needs to do, we’re here to make it happen.
{% endhint %}


# Maintenance & Security

Our App infrastruture is fully maintained, 100% secure and always up to date with the latest iOS and Android operating system requirements.

***

### Maintained to the latest iOS and Android Operating Requirements

Our team regularly updates the app's infrastructure to meet the latest **iOS and Android operating requirements**, ensuring it remains eligible for listing in the app marketplaces.

For example, when Apple introduces new privacy policies or Google updates its Play Store guidelines, we handle all necessary adjustments.

We’ll inform you about any significant updates or changes, ensuring you know about ongoing developments and how they may impact your app and its functionality.

This means you don’t have to worry about making updates; we fully service and manage your app, keeping it running smoothly and efficiently.

***

### Ongoing development and updates

We continually strive to enhance our app, allowing you to benefit from new features and improvements as we implement updates from our development roadmap.

***

### Connected to Venditan Commerce via a secure API

The App connects to the central Venditan Commerce platform through a secure API, ensuring a two-way [order](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-capture-and-management), [customer](/docs/customer-management-crm), and [product](/docs/product-information-management-pim) data stream.

This connection is robust and continuously maintained, providing peace of mind with industry-standard encryption protocols.

Rest assured, there are no backdoors, meaning your data always remains protected and confidential.

***

### Force log-out feature for Customers

Customers have full control over their sessions directly from the app.

They can view which devices, browsers, or IP addresses are currently accessing their account and can force log out of any active sessions.


# Payments

Provide your domestic and international customers with traditional and emerging Payment Types, with the highest levels of security and convenience.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Integrations</strong></td><td>A list of payment gateways and methods we are integrated with.</td><td><a href="/pages/SkT88a5IAiZ5JHQU0rt8">/pages/SkT88a5IAiZ5JHQU0rt8</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payment Types</strong></td><td>The various Payment Types that we can support.</td><td><a href="/pages/1QAPUwhxTkQaFMMgX4px">/pages/1QAPUwhxTkQaFMMgX4px</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payment Security</strong></td><td>How we, and our trusted payment gateway partners, keep your payments secure.</td><td><a href="/pages/ioZSkCgisano9bUmwpcr">/pages/ioZSkCgisano9bUmwpcr</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Integrations

We work with leading Payment Gateways and flexible payment providers, and can integrate with your preferred solutions if required.

***

### Our partner Payment Gateways

Venditan Commerce is securely integrated with JudoPay, Global Payments and Braintree.

All three providers are Level 1 PCI-DSS compliant.

<table><thead><tr><th width="203">Payment Gateway</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Judopay</strong></td><td>A UK-based payment gateway and acquirer facilitating secure card transactions, mobile payments and pay-by-link, plus built-in fraud prevention and customer authentication.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Global Payments</strong></td><td>Payment gateway and acquirer enabling merchants to sell and accept payments in 130+ currencies, with multi-currency processing and dynamic currency conversion built in.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Braintree</strong></td><td>PayPal’s payment gateway, our integration can be used to support PayPal transactions only.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: If you have a preferred payment gateway please let us know when you reach out to us.
{% endhint %}

***

### Alternative Payment Types: Mobile/Express

We can enable Express and Mobile Payment Types through the following integrations.

<table><thead><tr><th width="201">Integration</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Apple Pay</td><td>Allows customers to pay using the information stored in their Apple account when logged in to an Apple device.</td></tr><tr><td>Amazon Pay</td><td>Allows customers to pay using the information stored in their Amazon account.</td></tr><tr><td>Google Pay</td><td>Allow customers to pay using the information stored in their Google account when using the Google Chrome web browser.</td></tr><tr><td>PayPal Express</td><td>Allow customers to pay using the information stored in their PayPal account.</td></tr></tbody></table>

We can enable some or all of these Payment Types through your chosen Payment Gateway integration.

***

### Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL) and Finance

Offer flexible and BNPL options through the following integrations.

<table><thead><tr><th width="200">Integration</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Klarna</strong></td><td>Customers can split their purchases into 3 interest-free instalments or pay in 30 days.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Clearpay</strong></td><td>Customers receive a fixed amount of credit to make purchases, and then pay for them in four automatic installments every two weeks.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>PayPal Credit</strong></td><td>Allow customers to finance their purchases through PayPal Credit.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Humm</strong></td><td>Allow customers to finance purchases of up to £30,000 subject to approval.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>V12 Finance</strong></td><td>Allow customers to finance purchases of up to £50,000 subject to approval.</td></tr></tbody></table>


# Payment Types

This list contains all of the Payment types that we can enable for your website’s checkout process.

***

### Debit, Credit and AMEX

Customers can pay securely using their **Debit**, **Credit Card** or **American Express** cards through our trusted Payment Gateway integrations with Judopay and Global Payments.

We can support both authorised and pre-authorised card payments, allowing you to reserve funds before capturing the payment when the Order is ready to be fulfilled.

**Card Tokenisation (Secure Stored Card Details)**

Customers can securely store their Debit or Credit Card details within their Accounts for repeat use and Subscription purchases.

Card details are encrypted via Gateway tokenisation.

***

### Express/Mobile

Provide a faster checkout experience with Express and Mobile Payment Types, making it more straightforward for your customers to complete their purchases.

We support **Google Pay**, **Amazon Pay**, **Apple Pay**, and **PayPal Express Checkout**, allowing customers to use pre-saved payment and shipping information linked to their accounts.

With these options, customers can skip manually entering card details, speeding up the checkout process and reducing basket abandonment.

***

### Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL)

Offer your customers the flexibility to complete their purchases now and spread the cost over time.

With BNPL options, customers can split their payments into multiple instalments or defer payment to a later date, making it easier to manage their finances.

These options are available through our integrations with **Klarna, PayPal (Pay In 3)**, and **Clearpay**, which provide recognised, trusted, and secure ways for customers to buy now and pay later.

***

### Reserve Online, Pick-Up In-Store (ROPIS)

Allow customers to reserve items online and view them in-store before completing their purchase.

When a customer reserves a product online, the stock is allocated to their Open Order, ringfencing it for their in-store visit.

Once they arrive at the store, they can complete the transaction, creating a seamless shopping experience that bridges online convenience with in-store assurance.

***

### Invoicing and Trade Accounts

Venditan Commerce contains a full Trade Customer Management and Invoicing System.

It can be used to:

* Create and manage your Trade Customers.
* Manage Payment Terms per Trade Customer.
* Generate fully custom Order Invoices in batches.&#x20;
* Set up automated Invoice follow-up reminders.
* Set a preferred Invoice Delivery Method (Email or Direct Mail) per Trade Customer.&#x20;
* Automatically validate customers’ EORI and VAT numbers.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [B2B Payments/Finance](/docs/b2b/b2b-payments-finance)
{% endhint %}

***

### Finance

Add Finance options to your checkout, valid for more valuable products that may require financial support.&#x20;

Venditan Commerce is integrated with **PayPal Credit**, **V12 Finance** and **humm**.&#x20;

{% hint style="success" %}
V12 Finance can also be offered in-store through our integrated [EPOS software](/docs/in-store-epos/sales-payments-and-returns#take-a-payment).
{% endhint %}

***

### Subscriptions and Repeat Purchases

We can support Subscriptions and Repeat Purchases by enabling encrypted card tokenisation through your Payment Gateway integration.&#x20;

This replaces the card details with a unique identifier called a ‘token.’

It protects sensitive data whilst allowing for repeat purchases and subscriptions.

***

### Pay By Link

Generate and share a secure payment link with customers, allowing them to complete transactions at their convenience. This can be particularly useful for remote sales, invoicing, or situations where a standard checkout process is not suitable.

Venditan Commerce supports two Pay By Link options:

1. **Standard Pay By Link** – The payment gateway generates a unique link that directs customers to an externally hosted payment page.
2. **Branded Pay By Link** – Instead of redirecting customers to an external page, the payment window is securely embedded directly into your website. This provides a more seamless and branded experience, giving you greater control over the customer journey while maintaining the security of the payment gateway.

***

### E-Vouchers & Gift Vouchers

Customers can use their E-Vouchers or Gift Vouchers to support or completely pay for online and in-store transactions.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [E-Vouchers](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/offers-and-vouchers)
{% endhint %}

***

### Loyalty Points

Customers can use their Loyalty Points to support or completely pay for online and in-store transactions.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Loyalty System](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/loyalty-system)
{% endhint %}


# Payment Security

All of our Payment Gateway integrations are with Level 1 PCI DSS-compliant payment gateways.

***

### Our secure Payment Gateway partners

We are securely integrated with Global Payments, Judo Pay and Braintree.

***

### Encrypted and secure transactions

Our trusted partner Payment Gateways handle payment processing and ensures that all customer payment information and personal data are encrypted using state-of-the-art encryption techniques.

With end-to-end encryption, you can confidently sell online, knowing that sensitive data is securely transmitted and stored, maintaining leading standards of security and compliance.

***

### Hosted payment window

Card details are taken on an external payment window hosted by the payment gateway, external from our servers.

This is typically embedded into your website Checkout using an `iframe`.

***

### Detect fraudulent payments

While it is impossible to entirely mitigate all fraud, our Gateway partners employ advanced fraud detection algorithms and rules to identify and prevent suspicious transactions in real time.

By proactively monitoring for signs of fraud, they mitigate the risks posed to your business and help you maintain trust with your customers.

***

### Store tokenised card details

Let your customers securely store card details in their Accounts through tokenisation. This will enable convenient Repeat Purchases and Subscription services without compromising sensitive payment information.

***

### Automatically hold Orders when payment fails

Orders are automatically held when certain rules or thresholds are met.

By default, we automatically hold orders pending payment confirmation or if the payment method is not working.

We can also define custom thresholds that trigger holds, such as Order Values exceeding a certain amount, or unusual order patterns.


# Marketing & Promotions

Venditan Commerce contains a suite of marketing and promotional systems that will help you increase customer LTV, build retention and grow revenue.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Offers &#x26; Vouchers</strong></td><td>Creating and controlling your Offers and Vouchers.</td><td><a href="/pages/TsEUA3xVetILZgG4IBiF">/pages/TsEUA3xVetILZgG4IBiF</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Loyalty Sytem</strong></td><td>Our built-in Loyalty System for points/tier based schemes.</td><td><a href="/pages/EQKDnvNiVs0aqMaggWNy">/pages/EQKDnvNiVs0aqMaggWNy</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Marketplaces</strong></td><td>We are integrated with Amazon, eBay and TikTok Shop amongst others.</td><td><a href="/pages/hwxHieZaC5VKdPJe3x8M">/pages/hwxHieZaC5VKdPJe3x8M</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>PPC &#x26; Affiliates</strong></td><td>Generating product feeds and using our Affiliate integrations.</td><td><a href="/pages/f79jp3CXQ0YnT189PvEI">/pages/f79jp3CXQ0YnT189PvEI</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>SEO</strong></td><td>How we prioritise search engine friendliness across our platform and websites.</td><td><a href="/pages/VLcLV4ZP6p8dBcYWejvx">/pages/VLcLV4ZP6p8dBcYWejvx</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Email Marketing</strong></td><td>Leading email marketing integrations and a suite of powerful in-built tools.</td><td><a href="/pages/tymjNif9K8pjTqriYDQJ">/pages/tymjNif9K8pjTqriYDQJ</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Offers & Vouchers

Venditan Commerce features a robust Offers system that allows you to create and manage unlimited Offers.

***

### Create an Offer

Venditan Commerce contains two **Offer Types**: Product Offers and Order Offers.

#### Product Offers

**Product Offers** provide discounts or promotions on specific products.

| Offer Type                                                                                                       | Summary                                                                                               | Example                                                                         |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Buy One Get One Free**                                                                                         | Purchase one product and receive another for free.                                                    | Buy one pair of socks and get another pair of the same or lower value for free. |
| **X For Y**                                                                                                      | Buy a quantity of products for the price of a smaller quantity, e.g. 3 for 2.                         | Buy 3 t-shirts for the price of 2.                                              |
| **X for £Y**                                                                                                     | Purchase a quantity of products for a fixed price, e.g. 2 for £20.                                    | Buy 2 candles for £20.                                                          |
| **x% Off Certain Products**                                                                                      | Apply a percentage discount on selected products.                                                     | Get 20% off all summer dresses.                                                 |
| **£x Off Certain Products**                                                                                      | Deduct a fixed amount from the price of certain products.                                             | £5 reduction across all torches.                                                |
| **% Off Certain Products - When Bought with Other Products**                                                     | Get a percentage discount on selected products when purchased together with specific other products.  | Get 15% off any tie when purchased with a suit.                                 |
| **Buy a Certain Product and Save x% Off Other Products**                                                         | Buy a specified product and receive a discount on selected other products.                            | Buy a laptop and get 10% off a laptop bag.                                      |
| **Fixed Amount Value for Certain Products When Bought with Other Products**                                      | Receive a fixed discount on certain products when purchased with additional specified products.       | Purchase a smartphone and get a screen protector for £5 (normally £15).         |
| **Fixed Amount Value for Certain Products - When Bought with Other Products That Are Higher Than a Fixed Value** | Get a fixed discount on certain products when bought with other products exceeding a specified value. | Buy a handbag over £100 and get a matching wallet for £20.                      |

#### Order Offers

**Order Offers** provide discounts based on the total order value.

| Offer Type                   | Summary                                                         | Example                                                                      |
| ---------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **x% Off Order Total**       | Apply a percentage discount to the total order amount.          | Get 10% off when you spend £50 or more.                                      |
| **£x Off Order Total**       | Deduct a fixed amount from the total order price.               | Save £5 on orders over £30.                                                  |
| **Up to £x Off Order Total** | Offer discounts of up to a specified amount on the total order. | Save up to £20 on your total order based on the quantity of items purchased. |

***

### Offer Limitations and Controls

Control for who, and how your Offers are used by applying **Offer Limitations**.

| Offer Limitation       | Summary                                                                    | Example                                                                                 |
| ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Combinations**       | Specify if the offer can be combined with other Offers.                    | This discount cannot be combined with our Free Shipping promotion.                      |
| **Limits**             | Set the number of times the Offer can be used, overall and per Customer.   | Each customer can use the offer code a maximum of 3 times.                              |
| **Code**               | Create a unique **Offer Code** to manage its usage.                        | Use code **SUMMER10** at checkout to get 10% off your order.                            |
| **Minimum Spend**      | Define the minimum purchase amount required for the Offer to be activated. | Spend £50 or more to qualify for the discount.                                          |
| **Sale Items**         | Exclude Sale items from the Minimum Spend calculation.                     | The discount applies to full-priced items only and excludes clearance or sale products. |
| **Product Department** | Limit the Offer to selected Departments.                                   | This offer is valid on Men's Footwear only.                                             |
| **Customer Type**      | Restrict the Offer to specific Customer Types.                             | The discount is available exclusively to VIP Customers.                                 |
| **Sales Channels**     | Specify if the Offer is valid only for certain Sales Channels.             | Offer valid for purchases made online only.                                             |
| **Payment Types**      | Disable the offer for certain Payment Types.                               | The discount is not available for orders paid using gift cards.                         |
| **Currency**           | Enable or disable currency conversion for the Offer.                       | Offer applies to purchases made in GBP only and does not convert to other currencies.   |

***

### Use multiple Offer Codes per Offer

You can now associate multiple unique offer codes with a single offer in Venditan Commerce. This gives you greater control over how promotions are distributed, tracked, and redeemed.

Key capabilities include:

* Automatically generate: Instantly create as many unique codes as needed.
* Manually input: Upload or enter codes directly into the system.
* 1:1 attribution: Assign specific codes to individual customers for targeted use cases such as welcome offers or loyalty rewards.
* Code tracking: Monitor the usage and effectiveness of each code at a granular level.

This flexibility allows you to deliver personalised promotions while maintaining full visibility and control over redemptions.

***

### Managing the Offer

Each Offer can be managed with the following information.

<table><thead><tr><th width="229">Data</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Offer Name</strong></td><td>Names the Offer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Description (Internal)</strong></td><td>An internal description for reference.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Priority</strong></td><td>The priority level of the Offer compared to others.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Enabled From, To</strong></td><td>Specify the start and end dates for the Offer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Validation</strong></td><td>Set a custom Validation Message for the Offer.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Track Offer performance

Monitor how often Offers are used and the revenue they generate, both online and in-store.

Key metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="200">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Total Usage</strong></td><td><p>Displays the total number of times an Offer has been used, split into:</p><ul><li>Online: The number of times the Offer was used in online transactions.</li><li>In-Store: The number of times the Offer was used in in-store transactions.</li></ul></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Revenue &#x26; Margin</strong></td><td><p>Shows the total revenue and margin generated from the Offer, split into:</p><ul><li>Online: Revenue from online transactions where the Offer was applied.</li><li>In-Store: Revenue from in-store transactions where the Offer was applied.</li></ul></td></tr></tbody></table>

The interface also provides a breakdown of individual Orders where the Offer was applied, categorised by online and in-store transactions.

Each order record includes:

* **Date of Order**: The date the order was placed.
* **Order Number**: A unique identifier for each order.
* **Customer Name**: The name of the customer who placed the order.
* **Total Order Value**: The total value of the order.

***

### O​​ffer Free Gifts at Checkout

Provide complimentary gifts to customers during checkout using the **Free Gift Offer Type**.

You can limit the availability of Free Gifts to specific conditions, such as:

* **Trigger by Product**: Offer a Free Gift only when the customer purchases certain products.
* **Gift Wrapping for Specific Products**: Automatically apply gift wrapping when selected products are in the cart.

***

### Create an E-Voucher for a Customer

Credit a Customer with an **E-Voucher**.

You can specify:

* **Amount**: The value held against the E-Voucher, which can be redeemed during future purchases.
* **Description**: Alongside the E-Voucher, the Customer will receive a description or message providing additional context or details.

E-Vouchers can be used as a Payment Type for online and in-store transactions.

Customers can view their active E-Vouchers through their [Accounts](/docs/ecommerce-websites/customer-accounts#review-available-e-vouchers).

***

### Sell Gift Vouchers on your website or in-store

Sell **Gift Vouchers** using our E-Voucher functionality.

Venditan commerce supports:

1. Digital Gift Vouchers for online purchases.
2. In-Store Gift Vouchers for physical transactions.

**Digital Gift Vouchers**

**Digital Gift Vouchers** can be sold directly through your website and are delivered electronically to the customer.

Key steps for setting up and selling Digital Gift Vouchers include:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Set up your Vouchers

Define the different types of digital Vouchers you wish to sale, e.g. The different increments (£10, £20, £50…)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### List Vouchers as Products

Vouchers appear as products on your website, making them easy for customers to find and purchase.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Customer purchases the Voucher

Customers purchase the E-Voucher through your website. They fill in the recipient's details and choose whether to send it automatically or at a scheduled date and time.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Recipient receives the Voucher Details

The recipient receives a unique, system-generated code and any personalised messages added during the purchase. If the recipient has an account with you, the voucher will appear in their details.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Voucher expires

By default, digital gift vouchers expire in two years from the date of issuance.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**In-Store Gift Vouchers**

**In-Store Gift Vouchers** provide a physical option for customers who prefer to purchase gift vouchers in person.

Key steps for setting up and selling In-Store Gift Vouchers include:

* **Set Up Voucher Types**: Define the different types of digital vouchers you wish to offer, e.g. The different increments (£10, £20, £50…)
* **List as Products**: Vouchers appear as products on your website, making them easy for customers to find and purchase.
* **Customer Purchase**: Customers purchase the E-Voucher through your website. They fill in the recipient's details and choose whether to send the E-Voucher automatically, or at a scheduled date and time.
* **Voucher Details**: The recipient receives a unique, system-generated code and any personalised messages added during the purchase. If the recipient has an account with you, the voucher will appear in their details.
* **Expiry**: By default, digital gift vouchers expire in two years from the date of issuance.

***

### Integrate your existing Vouchers

When migrating your customer data to Venditan Commerce, we can include your existing E-Voucher information. This allows your customers to keep using their vouchers without interruptions, protecting their experience during the transition.

The same applies to loyalty schemes—we can aim to retain your current setup within our Loyalty System or integrate with any third-party system you use.&#x20;

***

### Track E-Voucher performance

Venditan Commerce's dedicated E-Voucher Report provides an overview of Voucher performance and can generate a breakdown of E-Voucher usage over a date range.


# Loyalty System

In-built, ready-to-be-enabled Loyalty System for your business; supporting points or tier-based programs.

***

### Launch a Points-Based loyalty program

​​Use Venditan Commerce's in-built Loyalty System to set up a Points-Based loyalty program, rewarding your customers for their purchases and encouraging repeat business.

Key features include:

#### Points-Based Rewards

Customers earn points for each order they place, including in-store sales, by assigning the transaction to the customer.&#x20;

#### Point Multiplier

Control the multiplier that converts the currency spent into Loyalty Points, e.g. 1 point per £1 spent.

#### Tiered Multipliers by Customer Type

You can adjust the Point multiplier based on [Customer Type](/docs/customer-management-crm/customer-data#create-and-assign-customer-types), allowing you to reward certain Customers with more Loyalty Points. For example, VIP customers receive 2 points per £1 spent.

#### Selective Point Accrual

Restrict point accrual to specific Customer Types. This is useful if you offer loyalty rewards only to a particular group, like high-spending customers.

#### Points Expiration

Set an Expiration Period for Loyalty Points to encourage timely usage. This feature automatically expires points after a designated period, ensuring the program stays active.

#### Automated Reminders

Schedule automated reminders to notify Customers when their Loyalty Points are about to expire or when they have enough points to redeem.

#### Payment Type Restrictions

Restrict certain [Payment Types](/docs/payments/payment-types) from Accruing Loyalty points, e.g. E-Vouchers.

***

### Spending Loyalty Points

Depending upon your chosen configuration of the Loyalty System, we can support either:

1. The customer can apply their Loyalty Points to orders at checkout, both online and in-store.
2. Loyalty Points are automatically converted into an E-Voucher once a threshold is reached.
3. Loyalty Points are manually converted into an E-Voucher by the customer at their discretion.

In all cases, the monetary value is provided to the customer so they can redeem it against their order.

Loyalty Points and E-Vouchers can both be spent in-store if you are using our [EPOS solution](/docs/in-store-epos).

***

### Launch a Customer-Tier loyalty program

Use Venditan Commerce's built-in Loyalty System to launch a Tier-Based loyalty program that categorises customers into different brackets based on criteria like annual spend, qualifying them for higher discount levels.

Key features include:

#### VIP Customer Types

Designate different [Customer Types](/docs/customer-management-crm/customer-data#create-and-assign-customer-types) for your tiers, such as Bronze, Silver, and Gold, to recognise and reward your most loyal customers.

#### Price Rules by Customer Type

Assign unique Price Rules to each Customer Type to offer tiered discount rates—e.g., 5% for Bronze, 10% for Silver, and 20% for Gold.

#### Automatic Price Updates

Display automatic price adjustments across your website whenever a customer logs into their Account, ensuring they see their applicable discounts in real-time.

#### Control Product Eligibility

Easily enable or disable specific products or groups of products for discounts, giving you flexibility in managing your loyalty offerings.

***

### Offer in-store Loyalty Cards

Generate QR codes for each Customer Account that can be scanned at checkout. This will ensure that in-store sales are quickly assigned to the correct Customer.

This allows for efficient point accrual and the application of discounts during purchases.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: While we do not provide card printing services, we can offer guidance on design and printing options to help you create effective loyalty cards.
{% endhint %}

***

### Capture loyalty sign-ups with a custom landing page

Utilise the Venditan Commerce [CMS](/docs/ecommerce-websites) to create dedicated landing pages for capturing loyalty program sign-ups.

Implement a simple sign-up form that collects the necessary data for customers to opt in.

This will allow your team to change the Customer Type within the platform after registration manually.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: Alternatively, you may wish to auto-enrol existing and new customers into your loyalty scheme and notify them as part of the sign-up process.
{% endhint %}

***

### Manage a Customer's Loyalty Status

Upgrade or downgrade a customer’s Loyalty Status directly from their account within Venditan Commerce.

Access the Customer View screen to make adjustments as needed. This allows for flexible management of customer tiers based on their purchasing behaviour or engagement levels.

***

### Visibility in the Customer's Account

Logged-in Customers can check their Loyalty Points total and convert their points into E-Vouchers from their Account.

For tier-based loyalty programs, Customers can also view how many additional Loyalty Points they need to reach the next level, which encourages engagement and rewards continued loyalty.&#x20;

***

### Use the Customer Loyalty Report

Leverage the Customer Loyalty Report to gain insights into customer engagement and loyalty program performance.

This report provides detailed information on points accrued, total spend, number of Orders placed, rewards issued, and vouchers spent, enabling you to track the effectiveness of your loyalty initiatives and make data-driven decisions to enhance customer retention and satisfaction.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Reports & Analytics](/docs/reports-and-analytics)
{% endhint %}

***

### Set up and offer a Delivery Subscription Service

Venditan Commerce enables you to offer a Delivery Subscription Service, similar to Amazon Prime, providing customers with exclusive delivery benefits.

Subscriptions are managed using recurring payments handled directly by your payment gateway, with tokenised card details securely stored for ongoing billing.

Subscribed customers are assigned a specific customer type, which unlocks a dedicated delivery method, such as free UK delivery, via a configurable shipping rule.

When a subscribed customer is logged in, their eligible delivery option is automatically presented at checkout. This setup provides a flexible, secure, and efficient way to drive loyalty and recurring revenue.


# Marketplaces

We are integrated with Amazon, eBay and TikTok Shop, enabling you to list your products effectively with all Orders processed back to Venditan Commerce for fulfilment.

***

### Sell through Amazon

Leverage the world's largest online marketplace by integrating your Amazon Seller account with Venditan Commerce.

We support Amazon marketplaces worldwide, and our integration allows you to manage your products, Orders, and stock allocation directly from Venditan Commerce, ensuring a streamlined and efficient process from end to end.

***

### Sell through eBay

Easily manage your eBay listings and Orders by connecting your eBay account to Venditan Commerce.

Expand your reach by listing your products on multiple eBay marketplaces worldwide.

Custom Product Attribute management lets you specify product conditions directly within Venditan Commerce, such as New, Certified Refurbished, Seller Refurbished, and Used, and pass those to eBay.

***

### Sell through TikTok Shop

Upload inventory to your TikTok Shop Seller Center catalogue so you can begin selling on the world’s fastest-growing social media platform.

Once your inventory is uploaded to Seller Center, a shop icon will be added to your TikTok profile, allowing users to browse your products from within the app. T

You can also tag the relevant products in your showcase content and run targeted advertising to user segments.

{% hint style="info" %}
Long read: [How to sell on TikTok Shop](https://www.venditan.com/blog/how-to-sell-on-tiktok-shop)
{% endhint %}

***

### Keep product marketplace listings consistent with our centralised PIM

With your data all stored centrally in the Venditan Commerce [PIM](/docs/product-information-management-pim), you can populate your marketplace listings using a single version of truth.

Critical information such as Product Titles, Descriptions, Variations and Prices are all managed in one place.

Venditan Commerce provides detailed information on the minimum data requirements for each marketplace, allowing you to prepare your products for syncing.

You can set different Product Descriptions and information across marketplaces.

This can be managed in bulk using intuitive tools or on an individual product basis.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Product Information Management (PIM)](/docs/product-information-management-pim)
{% endhint %}

***

### Support for Product Attribute and Category Mapping

If you have unique [Product Attributes](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#product-attributes) that aren’t standard within the marketplace, we will map them for you.

This means matching your data to the corresponding fields your target marketplace uses to accurately transfer and display all relevant product information, even if the marketplace has different data standards or requirements.

Similarly, we map your Product Categories with the corresponding categories on Amazon and eBay.

This ensures that your products are listed under the appropriate sections on each marketplace regardless of their category structure.

By mapping your categories, we maintain consistent and accurate product placement, making it easier for customers to find your products.

***

### Control marketplace-specific pricing

You can adjust your product pricing depending on the marketplace through which it is being sold.

This is useful if you want to adjust margins to cover marketplace fees whilst maintaining a standard price on your eCommerce website or at your physical store.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Product Pricing](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-pricing)
{% endhint %}


# PPC

Venditan Commerce supports automated product feed generation for Google Merchant Center, ensuring your latest product data is correctly formatted and submitted.

***

### Creating and managing your Product Feed

Product Feeds are configured by our development team to contain the information you need to export, this will typically include:

* Essential product details such as `id`, `title`, `description`, `price`, `availability`, `brand`, and `gtin` .
* Product media, including support for multiple product images per product.
* Additional attributes to enhance product listings, such as `condition`, `size`, `colour`, `material`, and `age group`.

You control the products uploaded to the feed by enabling them for the Google Merchant Centre Sales Channel.

{% hint style="info" %}
**New:** Venditan Commerce now supports sending [Product Bundles](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-types#create-product-bundles-to-sell-combinations-of-products-together) to Google Merchant Center.
{% endhint %}

***

### Google-supported format (XML, CSV, or TSV)

Venditan Commerce generates and maintains these feeds automatically in Google-supported formats (XML, CSV, or TSV), ensuring compliance with Google’s Product Data Specification.&#x20;

***

### Automatic Product Feed updates

Feeds are configured to update on a scheduled basis, ensuring Google Merchant Center always has the most up-to-date product information.

This helps prevent errors related to pricing, stock availability, and outdated product listings.

***

### Google Taxonomy Mapping

Venditan Commerce supports mapping your product categories to Google’s predefined taxonomy, improving product discoverability and ensuring compliance with Google’s category structure.

***

### Create and send Custom Labels

For better campaign structuring and performance tracking, **Custom Labels** can be assigned within the feed.

This allows merchants to segment products into groups such as bestsellers, seasonal items, or high-margin products.

***

### Create custom landing pages on demand

Quickly create, customise, and deploy marketing landing pages without the need for extensive technical skills or developer assistance.

Our powerful CMS uses a flexible block-builder approach, giving you full control to craft tailored landing pages for your marketing campaigns.

Easily test and optimise the appearance of your pages across all devices, ensuring a consistent user experience on desktops, tablets, and smartphones.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Content Management System (CMS)](/docs/ecommerce-websites/cms-pages)
{% endhint %}


# SEO

Venditan Commerce contains all the SEO functionality needed to increase your Google rankings. Combined with our game-changing eCommerce website development, you have everything you need for success.

***

### Fast websites that pass Google Core Web Vitals

Our websites are designed with page speed in mind, which is a direct ranking factor for both desktop and mobile search results.

We achieve this by implementing the following techniques:

* Hosting your website on a cloud-based, scalable server that can increase capacity whenever your website experiences a peak in demand.
* Using compression to reduce the size of your images or serving next generation image formats where applicable so they load quickly without compromising on quality.
* Minifying our HTML, CSS and JavaScript code by eliminating redundant data, whitespace and comments for faster page rendering.
* Leveraging browser caching to speed up load times for returning visitors.
* Loading a page’s critical content first and deferring non-essential elements until afterwards.

New website developments are optimised to meet all of Google's Core Web Vitals criteria before being passed to you for user acceptance testing.

This ensures your site provides a superior user experience, covering not only fast load times but also responsiveness and visual stability, which are critical for user satisfaction and search engine rankings.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [eCommerce Websites](/docs/ecommerce-websites)
{% endhint %}

***

### Manage Meta Information across your website

Set Meta Titles and Descriptions for your products, pages, and blog posts.

Venditan Commerce provides up-to-date information on Google's recommended character limits, keeping you informed on the ever-changing requirements and standards for on-page SEO.

***

### Implement your own 301 redirects

Redirect outdated or moved Pages and Blog Articles with an in-built **301 Redirect Tool**.

This helps you to maintain SEO value and ensure a smooth user experience by automatically directing visitors from old URLs to their new destinations.

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Product URL redirects are automatically handled**

Product URL redirects are automatically generated based on your Product Title.

If you update your Product Title, the URL will also automatically update. A 301 Redirect will be implemented to ensure search engines are notified of the change.
{% endhint %}

***

### Communicate rich content with Google’s Structured Data markup

We implement Structured Data following Google’s Developer Guidelines to help search engines better understand your website's content and display rich snippets in search results.&#x20;

The specific structured data formats we use will vary depending on the website. During the website development process, an SEO specification outlines these formats.

***

### Canonicalised URLs to prevent duplicate content issues

We prevent duplicate content issues using Canonical tags on your product and category URLs

Suppose you sell a pair of trainers available in various sizes and colours.

Each size and colour combination typically has a unique URL to accommodate search queries and user preferences.

Canonical tags instruct search engines to recognise a specified canonical URL as the primary content source, consolidating SEO value into that URL.

This ensures that search engines prioritise the canonicalised version despite having multiple URLs for different trainer variations, avoiding penalties for duplicate content.

***

### Sitemap.xml file generation / Robots.txt management

We generate an optimised `sitemap.xml` file for your website and submit it to Google Search Console for indexing.

This helps search engines crawl and index your site more effectively, so all your essential products and pages are discoverable.

Additionally, we configure your `robots.txt` file to manage and control search engine access to specific areas of your website, enhancing overall site indexing and technical SEO performance.

***

### Serve images in optimised WebP format

Images are automatically converted and served in WebP format, reducing file size without compromising quality. This contributes to faster load times and improved overall website performance.

A JPG fallback option is also provided for users who are using browsers that are incompatible with WebP.

***

### ALT text is automatically generated for Product Images

Product images will default to using the product title as **ALT text**, optimising them for search engines and screenreaders whilst saving you significant time.

***

### Unlock growth with our specialist eCommerce SEO strategy

We offer expert guidance and tailored strategies to elevate your online visibility and drive organic traffic.

Whether you aim to improve keyword rankings, optimise on-page content, or enhance technical SEO, our team is dedicated to helping your website reach its full potential in search engine results.


# Email Marketing

Venditan Commerce can support your email marketing efforts with leading email marketing platform integrations and a suite of powerful in-built tools.

***

### We are a Klaviyo Advisor Partner

Klaviyo is a marketing automation platform that automates eCommerce email and SMS marketing to help you retain and grow your customers.

Venditan Commerce is fully integrated with Klaviyo and can send the following website data to your Klaviyo account:

* Email marketing opt-in
* Placed orders
* Fulfilled orders
* Products ordered

With Klaviyo events installed on your website, any activity generated from your Klaviyo campaigns is fully trackable. Our integration syncs this information back into your account so you can analyse your user profiles, which contain rich data on their journey across the website.

As a Klaviyo Advisor Partner we are certified to implement Klaviyo's products for our clients, providing you with the technical and strategic support to maximise them.&#x20;

***

### Email marketing integrations

As well as our partnership with Klaviyo we are integrated with the following email marketing solutions:

* Mailchimp (and Mandrill)
* Spotler
* dotdigital
* mailjet
* Mailgun
* Adestra

The integrations ensure that marketing opt-in data collected through your website is automatically sent to your solution of choice, along with any data segmentation requirements.

***

### Collect email marketing opt-ins through your website

Collect **email marketing opt-ins** through your website with the data synced to your email marketing platform.

This is typically driven through your checkout process but we also support email marketing opt-in pop-ups and can add opt-in forms in strategic locations across your website, such as your footer.

The forms are UK-GDPR compliant; the user must accept your terms of use when handing over their information.

***

### Send Abandoned Basket email reminders to potential customers

Venditan Commerce contains an in-built **Abandoned Basket** feature designed to re-engage customers who have added products to their basket and initiated the checkout process but did not complete their purchase.

This feature automatically triggers an email reminder for logged-in customers after a configurable number of days.

The timing of these reminders can be controlled.

The content of the email is fully customisable, allowing you to tailor the message to your brand and tone of voice. You can also include special offers or discounts to incentivise customers to complete their purchase.

***

### Send automated reminders to customers with products on their Wishlist

Venditan Commerce can send automated reminders to customers who have saved products to their Wishlist.

When logged-in customers save products to their Wishlist, the platform records the date and the product’s price when it is saved.

This information can power automated wishlist reminders sent after a configurable number of days have passed.

The feature aims to bring customers back to the website, encourage them to continue shopping, and ultimately purchase the product that interests them.

***

### Customise your Order Communication

Venditan Commerce gives you detailed control over the email updates you provide to your customers throughout the order timeline.

Important communication events, such as order dispatch and cancellations, are all controlled through templated messages that you can edit yourself.

Communication is automated based on changing Order Statuses, reducing manual customer service burden.

***

### Export segments of your Customer Data

Venditan Commerce allows you to define a group of customers using a combination of filters, segment the customers that match those filters, and then export them into a CSV for your email marketing purposes.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Customer Segmentation Tool](/docs/customer-management-crm/customer-segmentation)
{% endhint %}


# Sell Internationally

How Venditan Commerce can facilitate international sales and growth.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Pricing, Payments &#x26; Tax</strong></td><td>Managing prices, currencies and taxes when selling internationally.</td><td><a href="/pages/c7Vd23vzLUVjtlO6eW02">/pages/c7Vd23vzLUVjtlO6eW02</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Websites &#x26; Sales Channels</strong></td><td>Reach and engage customers in your target markets.</td><td><a href="/pages/aEmbJvqXDyXdmcFzNtNU">/pages/aEmbJvqXDyXdmcFzNtNU</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Logistics / Supply Chain</strong></td><td>Cross-border logistics and shipping features.</td><td><a href="/pages/IQQ9k16Rf0sYZomFAa2j">/pages/IQQ9k16Rf0sYZomFAa2j</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Pricing, Payments & Tax

Adjust product pricing for different international markets, set and manage your tax rates, and ensure compliance with local tax regulations.

***

### Automatic multi-currency pricing adjustments

Input product prices in your native currency (GBP), and Venditan Commerce will automatically adjust them to different currencies using daily updated exchange rates.

When customers select their location, your products’ prices are automatically displayed in their local currency.

You can then set **Rounding Rules** to ensure consistent pricing, such as rounding to the nearest whole number or ending each price with a .99.

***

### Setup your accepted Currencies

Configure the Currencies you accept directly within Venditan Commerce.

For each currency, you can specify:

* **Name**: The currency's name (e.g., US Dollar, Euro).
* **ISO 3 Code**: The standard three-letter currency code (e.g., USD, EUR).
* **Symbol**: The symbol used for the currency (e.g., $, €).
* **Current Exchange Rate**: Automatically updated via a feed provided by Venditan Commerce.

***

### Offer international Payment Types

Venditan Commerce is integrated with **Global Payments** to handle international transactions securely and efficiently.

Global Payments can enable country-specific payment options, such as popular e-wallets, bank transfers, and local card schemes.

***

### Manage Tax Rates for Countries or Regions

Venditan Commerce simplifies the complexity of tax management by enabling the setup of **Tax Rules** tailored to your delivery destinations, amongst a wide range of other criteria.

It can support highly configured tax rates for each country you sell to, ensuring compliance with local regulations.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Taxes](/docs/product-information-management-pim/taxes)
{% endhint %}

***

### Support for Import One-Stop-Shop (IOSS) Scheme

If enabled, Venditan Commerce supports VAT charging under the IOSS scheme, this means orders to EU member states will have VAT added automatically only if the order total is below the IOSS threshold of 150 EUR. If the order is above that threshold, then VAT won't be added to the order.

***

### :electric\_plug: Integration: Use Avalara for advanced international Tax Rules

Venditan Commerce is integrated with Avalara, a leading third-party tax management solution, used to handle complex international tax regulations.

Avalara allows us to automate the entire tax calculation process, ensuring accuracy and compliance across multiple jurisdictions where the rates can be highly variable, e.g. Across the United States of America.


# Websites & Sales Channels

Geolocate users by IP address, serve localised content, and manage multilingual websites to effectively reach and engage customers in your target markets.

***

### Launch a multilingual eCommerce website

Our websites/Venditan Commerce contain several features that allow you to geolocate users and serve them with localised content for their country or region.

We can support:

<table><thead><tr><th width="238">Feature</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Geolocation</strong></td><td><p>Identify the geographical location of users based on their IP addresses.<br></p><p>When a user visits your website, it will automatically determine their location and tailor their experience accordingly.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Language Selector</strong></td><td><p>Present new visitors with a country and language selector window upon visiting your website.</p><p></p><p>Users can choose their preferred country and language, ensuring they receive content and pricing relevant to their region. The preferences set by users are saved for future visits, providing a consistent and localised experience.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Auto-Translate</strong></td><td><p>By inputting the translated text into the platform, offer your content in multiple languages.</p><p></p><p>You will provide translations for various elements such as menus, products, and core content so your website can serve these different language variations through subfolders (e.g., /it/ for Italian, /fr/ for French), maintaining a single domain.</p><p></p><p>This approach is helpful for businesses that sell internationally but prefer to manage one domain rather than several, ensuring a consistent brand presence while catering to a global audience.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Domain-Level Strategy</strong></td><td><p>Implement a domain-level multilingual website strategy, enabling you to create and manage separate domains for different languages and regions.</p><p></p><p>By using country-specific domains (e.g., .fr for France, .de for Germany), you can provide a tailored localised experience for your users.<br></p><p>Inventory, orders and customers across the websites are managed from a single control point, simplifying administration and ensuring consistency across your global presence.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### **Serve localised checkout experiences**

Powered by our integration with **Global Payments**, this feature enables localised checkout experiences tailored to the user's region or country.

This means that customers can complete their purchases using native payment options and currencies familiar to them.

***

### U**pload your products to international marketplaces**

Seamlessly upload your products to marketplaces native to your target markets.

Using the product data already stored in Venditan Commerce, product listings are automatically populated and managed from one central location.&#x20;

All orders from these international marketplaces are synced back downstream to the platform, ensuring that inventory and order management remain streamlined and up-to-date.

{% hint style="info" %}
Further reading: [Marketplace Integrations](/docs/integrations/marketplaces-and-affiliates)
{% endhint %}


# Logistics & Supply Chain

Streamline your international logistics with our powerful inventory management system, supplier integration capabilities and partnership with cross-border eCommerce specialists, Global-e.

***

### Manage your Warehouses and Distribution Centres

Set up Locations for international warehouses or distribution centres, enabling you to track and manage stock outside your country of origin.

Utilise Venditan Commerces integrated [Warehouse Management System (WMS)](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms) to handle stock flow into and between these locations efficiently, ensuring seamless inventory tracking and distribution.

***

### Integrate with your Suppliers for Dropshipping

Integrate Venditan Commerce with your international suppliers to share data and support your dropshipping strategy.

This may include:

* **Real-Time Stock Levels**: Access up-to-date stock information from your suppliers, allowing you to sell their products confidently without overselling.
* **Order Data Sharing**: Automatically process and transmit order details to suppliers so they can fulfil orders directly, reducing manual work and ensuring quick turnaround times.
* **Product Catalog Updates**: Synchronise product details (e.g., descriptions, images, pricing) from suppliers to keep your online store accurate and consistent.
* **Shipping Updates**: Receive and share tracking information with customers, ensuring transparency throughout delivery.
* **Returns Management**: Facilitate direct coordination between customers and suppliers for returns, minimising administrative overhead for your team.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: The exact functionality and features available will depend on your supplier's provisions for integrations and your specific configuration requirements.
{% endhint %}

***

### Integrate with fulfilment centres for stock handling and order fulfilment

Venditan Commerce integrates with international fulfilment centres to streamline stock management, order processing, and shipping for global customers.

This can enable several key features, including:

* **Real-Time Inventory Sync**: Track stock levels across multiple external locations, ensuring real-time updates to prevent overselling.
* **Automated Order Routing**: Automatically route orders to the nearest fulfilment centre based on the customer’s location, optimising shipping times and costs.
* **Order Fulfilment**: Coordinate with fulfilment centres to initiate product picking, packing, and labelling according to regional preferences and compliance standards.
* **Shipping**: Ship orders using local or international carriers, with Venditan Commerce providing real-time tracking information to customers.
* **Returns Management**: Customers return products to the nearest fulfilment centre, reducing return shipping costs and processing time. Venditan Commerce can autogenerate international return labels and provide clear return instructions.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: The exact functionality and features available will depend on your facility centre's integration provisions and your specific configuration requirements.
{% endhint %}

***

### Set up your international shipping options

Venditan Commerce offers a comprehensive **Shipping Rules** system that enables you to set up international shipping options.

The platform allows you to define Shipping Rules for specific countries, ensuring you only offer eligible couriers and services based on the destination.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Shipping Methods and Rules](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-dispatch#setting-up-your-delivery-methods)
{% endhint %}

***

### Set up local shipping options

By leveraging the Shipping Rules system, you can ensure that orders are fulfilled from the most appropriate dispatch location.

The Shipping Rules system can be configured to automatically ship products from a specific dispatch location based on factors such as the customer’s delivery address or the selected shipping method.

***

### Manage HMRC & Exports data for your business and products

If you export products overseas, our platform can handle the following critical product information:

* **Country of Origin**: Specify the economic nationality of each product. This information is essential for determining applicable trade agreements, tariffs, and regulations that may affect your goods during export.
* **Export Commodity Code**: This code is crucial for calculating the correct rate of Customs Duty, import VAT, and applicable taxes.
* **Import Commodity Code**: This code assists in determining the duties and taxes imposed by the importing country, facilitating smoother customs clearance and compliance with local regulations.
* **Composition**: Document the raw materials that each product is made from.

***

### :electric\_plug: Integration: Global-e for international shipping

**Global-e** connects merchants with a variety of global carriers and shipping providers, allowing them to offer international shipping to over 200 destinations

The integration handles the calculation and display of duties, taxes, and customs fees, ensuring complete customer transparency.

Global-e streamlines the cross-border checkout process by handling international payment methods, currencies, and tax calculations, ensuring that merchants can provide a smooth experience for customers worldwide.


# B2B

Whether you are a distributor, wholesaler, or operate a hybrid of B2B D2C sales, Venditan Commerce is designed to handle complexities and deliver an exceptional experience for you and your customers.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>B2B Products</strong></td><td>Supporting products intended for B2B or hybrid B2B/B2C sales.</td><td><a href="/pages/yEKdXrsSbQKsx6w83fj6">/pages/yEKdXrsSbQKsx6w83fj6</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>B2B Stock</strong></td><td>Enhanced stock allocation, control and insight for B2B use.</td><td><a href="/pages/5Z8Bcl4rivqpDkP8R6RK">/pages/5Z8Bcl4rivqpDkP8R6RK</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>B2B Orders</strong></td><td>Useful trade order management features for capture and fulfilment.</td><td><a href="/pages/JSr05gGHKqJrnui9rJv4">/pages/JSr05gGHKqJrnui9rJv4</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>B2B Payments/Finance</strong></td><td>Built-in invoicing system and secure online payment processing.</td><td><a href="/pages/ob45g80eU0JsK2YKG1EK">/pages/ob45g80eU0JsK2YKG1EK</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>B2B Customers</strong></td><td>Manage your trade customers and assign sales reps to them.</td><td><a href="/pages/ose31iDqsfVfBYQzvcOG">/pages/ose31iDqsfVfBYQzvcOG</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>B2B Websites</strong></td><td>Launch a dedicated,  blended or private B2B website.</td><td><a href="/pages/CNOiSl9cuOMSKjofvTVH">/pages/CNOiSl9cuOMSKjofvTVH</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# B2B Products

Venditan Commerce simplifies the management of products designed for distribution, wholesale commerce, and hybrid B2B/direct-to-consumer (D2C) sales.

***

### Create and manage your Product Data

The Venditan Commerce [PIM ](/docs/product-information-management-pim)supports the following Product Data.

<table><thead><tr><th width="263">Data</th><th>Purpose</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Min/Max Order Quantity</strong></td><td>Set Minimum and Maximum order quantities that feed into your bulk purchasing configurations.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Actual / Shipping Weight</strong></td><td>Set Actual and Shipping Weight details that feed into your logistics and shipping configurations.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Commodity Code</strong></td><td>Input Commodity Codes for international trade compliance and customs documentation.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Custom Product Attributes</strong></td><td>Create unique Product Attributes to include specific details relevant to your products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Serial Number</strong></td><td>Track products with serial numbers for warranty management, returns, and after-sales service.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Days to Deliver</strong></td><td>Set expected delivery times to manage customer expectations and optimise supply chain operations.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>WEEE Category</strong></td><td>Ensure compliance with Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) regulations by categorising applicable products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Historical Code</strong></td><td>Maintain historical SKUs from your legacy system to ensure a smooth transition to our platform.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
**Don't see what you need?**

Venditan Commerce can accommodate any data requirements not currently handled by the platform; just let us know what you need.
{% endhint %}

***

### Combine and sell components as a Bill of Materials (BOM)

Combine multiple components into a single **BOM** and sell them as one cohesive product.

When your BOM sells, Venditan Commerce automatically adjusts the Stock Levels of each Component within the BOM, so you don’t need to ring-fence stock.

Suppose you sell industrial repair kits that include various tools, replacement parts, and consumables. By creating a BOM for the repair kit, you can sell it as one product whilst continuing to sell the components individually.

This provides a strong purchasing experience for your customers, who receive everything they need in one convenient package without having to select them individually.

***

### Create a ‘Request a Quote’ product

Create a product designed for lead generation by enabling a **‘Request a Quote’** option.

This feature is ideal for products that require custom pricing or consultation before purchase.

When potential customers visit the product page, they can fill out a form with their specific requirements and contact details.

The call to action wording depends entirely on your requirements, e.g., Request a Lead Time or Talk to our Sales Team.

By default, the captured data is sent to a specified email address. Venditan Commerce can integrate with your CRM to feed this information directly if required.

***

### Bulk-sell products with Volume Pricing

**Volume Pricing** allows you to offer customers a decreased unit cost as their order quantity increases.

You can implement unlimited Price Breaks (the quantity at which the price changes) across any unit-quantity structure.

***

### Bulk edit your Product Data

Efficiently manage large volumes of Product Data with our powerful bulk editing tools.\
\
Venditan Commerce offers two methods for bulk editing:

<table><thead><tr><th width="229">Method</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Inventory Updater Tool</strong></td><td><p>This tool provides an Excel-style interface for viewing and modifying groups of products in-browser.</p><p></p><p>The layout offers a birdseye view of Product Data and allows for fast, large-scale adjustments without leaving Venditan Commerce.</p></td></tr><tr><td><strong>CSV Export/Import</strong></td><td>Our Export/Import feature is idea for those who prefer working in spreadsheets.  xport your products—or a specific segment of them—into a CSV file, make the necessary edits offline, and then reimport the file to apply the changes in bulk.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Both options facilitate quick and painless product information updates, saving time and reducing potential errors.

Whether you're adjusting prices, updating descriptions, or managing inventory levels, our bulk edit tools provide the efficiency and precision needed for effective B2B product management.

***

### Set different Prices and Content for B2B vs Retail

Create a single product and sell it both to B2B clients and directly to consumers, while tailoring Prices and Product Data—such as Descriptions, Titles, and Media—to suit each target audience.

Whether operating through a blended website that caters to both B2B and D2C markets, or managing separate websites for the two operations, Venditan Commerce helps you to target different customer bases with consistent pricing structures and marketing.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Launch a dedicated, blended or private B2B eCommerce website](/docs/b2b/b2b-websites#launch-a-dedicated-blended-or-private-b2b-ecommerce-website)
{% endhint %}

***

### Control Price and Availability by region/currency

Control Product Pricing and Availability based on region and currencies.

This feature benefits businesses with contractual obligations or regulations specific to certain markets that restrict competitive pricing.

***

### Schedule automatic Seasonal Price Adjustments&#x20;

Automate your Seasonal Price Adjustments with scheduled price reductions for products at the end of each season, and further reductions as subsequent seasons progress.

For example, if you sell outdoor furniture and equipment, you can schedule Price Reductions for summer items as the season transitions to autumn.

Venditan Commerce automatically adjusts prices downward, helping to clear inventory and maintain competitiveness without manual work on your part.


# B2B Stock

Venditan Commerce provides a full solution for stock control and warehousing, including several B2B-specific features for enhanced stock allocation and insight.

***

### Manage Suppliers, Purchasing and Stock from end-to-end

Venditan Commerce contains an automation-driven [Stock/Warehouse Management System (WMS)](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms) that integrates every task, from suppliers and purchase orders to stock transfers and warehouse mapping.\
\
Key functionality includes:

<table><thead><tr><th width="231">Functionality</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Supplier Management</strong></td><td>Maintain detailed records of Suppliers, including contact information, pricing agreements, and performance metrics.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Purchasing</strong></td><td>Streamline procurement processes by generating Purchase Orders based on current Stock Levels and demand forecasts.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Handling</strong></td><td>Receive and put away new stock and internally transfer stock across your warehouses and stores.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Control</strong></td><td>Utilise Warehouse Mapping and advanced stock flow management to optimise Stock Levels and minimise carrying costs.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Stock/Warehouse Management (WMS)](/docs/stock-warehouse-management-wms)
{% endhint %}

***

### Automated stock allocation for B2B Orders

Venditan Commerce uses an advanced Open To Sell (OTS) algorithm that intelligently allocates available stock when you receive new Orders.

This algorithm uses the data below to guarantee efficient stock management, without unnecessarily tying up stock that could be allocated to D2C customers immediately.

* **Internal stock data**: The levels of unallocated stock currently within the business.
* **External stock data**: Stock that you can access today through your supplier integrations.
* **In-transit stock data**: Stock that has been dispatched by your suppliers and is due to arrive.
* **Order Throughput**: Used to predict and monitor pre-allocated stock for trade customers.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: Use of the Open To Sell algorithm is optional. Allocating stock to your Orders can be handled manually if preferred. Automation is the preferred allocation method for distributors who operate at scale or operate a blended strategy selling both B2B and D2C from Venditan Commerce.
{% endhint %}

***

### :electric\_plug: Integrate directly with your Suppliers

We can integrate with your Suppliers, enabling advanced and automated purchasing and stock management features.

**Dropshipping**

Facilitate direct fulfilment from Suppliers without needing to hold the stock yourself.

**Automated Replenishment**

Allow Venditan Commerce to identify when new stock needs to be ordered and create Purchase Orders to send to your Suppliers upon approval.

**Receive Advanced Shipping Notices (ASN)**

Receive and process ASNs[^1] directly into Venditan Commerce, allowing for real-time updates on incoming shipments and improved storage planning.

[^1]: ASNs are...


# B2B Orders

From manual order creation to fulfilment and invoicing, Venditan Commerce offers numerous tools that optimise how you serve your trade customers.

***

### Bulk upload and manage Orders via CSV

Venditan Commerce facilitates bulk Order Management by allowing you to upload and process External Orders quickly via a spreadsheet template.

This feature simplifies the process whether you're handling phone or email orders or need to integrate bulk orders efficiently.

Use a standard spreadsheet template to fill out order details such as product SKUs, quantities, and customer information. Easily upload the completed spreadsheet to the platform, where the data is automatically imported into the system.

This capability is ideal for businesses managing large volumes of orders or those transitioning from traditional sales methods to digital platforms.

***

### Manually create an Order

Input Orders captured through traditional sales methods such as phone calls and emails directly into the system.

With this feature, you can use the platform to fill out all necessary Order Details and save the Order for further processing through your approval and fulfilment workflows.

***

### Build your Order Approval workflow into the platform

Build your order approval workflow into Venditan Commerce by taking advantage of role-based User Access control that can be tailored to your specific needs.&#x20;

For instance, you can configure the platform to require approval from your Finance team before Orders are approved for fulfilment, maintaining compliance with internal policies and financial oversight.

You can configure permissions precisely, specifying who can approve Orders up to a certain level and controlling the visibility of sensitive data.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Users and Permissions](/docs/admin-and-tools/users-and-access)
{% endhint %}

***

### Manually allocate Stock to Orders preferentially

Manually control Stock Allocation to your Orders to allow for prioritisation of Customers as required.&#x20;

This allows you to prioritise allocation based on your specific business rules, ensuring that stock is allocated to Customers correctly.

***

### Partially fulfil an Order

Venditan Commerce supports partial fulfilment, splitting the remainder into a separate Linked Order.

This feature is invaluable in B2B scenarios where manual control is necessary.

For example, a wholesaler may receive a large order for electronic components from a retail chain. However, due to limited stock availability, they can only fulfil half of the order immediately.

Using Venditan Commerce, they can split the remaining items into a back-ordered portion linked to the original order.

***

### Set up CC email addresses for Order Dispatched emails

Users can add CC (carbon copy) email addresses to B2B customer records within Venditan Commerce.&#x20;

When an Order Dispatched email is sent to the main customer contact, it’s also sent to any CC addresses saved against that account.

This is particularly useful for B2B operations where multiple people, such as buyers, warehouse managers, or accounts teams, need confirmation that an order has been shipped.

It ensures consistent communication, reduces the chance of missed notifications, and helps internal teams stay aligned on fulfilment activity.

CC addresses can be managed directly within the customer record, giving businesses full flexibility over who receives dispatch updates.

***

### Fulfil an Order from multiple Stock Locations or Suppliers

Venditan Commerce supports multi-location fulfilment, accommodating scenarios where items in an Order are sourced from multiple warehouses or suppliers, including dropshipping integrations.

When an Order is captured, if all items are unavailable at the same location, Venditan Commerce will offer you the option to split the Order into several LinkedOrders.

This ensures efficient fulfilment and timely communication of expected delivery to the customer.

It’s an experience similar to Amazon’s ‘order splitting.’

***

### Manage Shipping Weight, Dimensions and contents at scale

Navigate the logistical challenges and complexities that often arise when fulfilling high-quantity, high-value B2B orders.

Venditan Commerce allows you to save various box dimensions (width, length, and depth in MM) and generate Barcodes for them.

The box barcode is scanned at the beginning of the packing process. As products are picked and added to the box, they are also scanned.

Using the Shipping Weight data stored against the products, we can calculate the shipment weight, packaging dimensions, and included contents accurately and communicate them to the courier as part of the shipment request.

These features enhance compliance with shipping regulations and improve the accuracy of cost calculations based on dimensional weight, making your shipping process more efficient and cost-effective.

***

### Automatic Courier selection based on Shipping Rules

Set up all your courier options in Venditan to provide your fulfilment team with optimal selections based on predefined rules and criteria, such as a delivery address, shipment weight, lead time and your customer’s preferred delivery method.

When sending bulk items at scale, using the best courier options can save your business significant money.

Leverage Venditan Commerce's intelligent courier management features and integrations to eliminate guesswork and ensure efficient, cost-effective shipping.


# B2B Payments/Finance

Create and send invoices, take secure online payments and manage payment terms for your trade customers, keeping your B2B payments moving forward at all times.

***

### Produce order invoices from the platform

Fast-track your customer invoicing process by generating **Order Invoices** in batches.

Venditan Commerce allows you to set a preferred delivery method (email or direct mail) for each Customer Account, ensuring invoices are sent according to their preference.

Your invoice information is fully customisable but typically includes:

* Quantity and type of products.
* Price per unit and total amount due.
* Payment terms and conditions, e.g. due date, and payment methods.
* Invoice number and date.
* Tax details, e.g., VAT, GST if applicable.
* Discounts or additional charges, e.g. shipping, and handling.
* Your company logo and branding.

***

### Automate your Invoice Reminders

Ensure timely payments and streamline your accounts receivable process by automating **Invoice Reminders** for open orders.

Venditan Commerce enables you to set up automated follow-up reminders, ensuring that your customers are consistently reminded of their outstanding invoices.

You can customise the frequency and timing of these reminders and the content of your reminders to include pertinent details such as invoice number, due date, and outstanding amount.

***

### :electric\_plug: Integration: EORI and VAT number validation with VAT API

This integration with vatapi.com allows your website and Venditan Commerce's administration system to automatically validate customers’ EORI and VAT numbers to determine the correct VAT context.

It saves you the hassle of manually validating these credentials, which can often be time-consuming during busy periods.

***

### Take secure online payments for B2B orders

Integrate with reputable Tier 1 PCI DSS-compliant payment gateways, **Global Payments**, **Judo Pay**, and Braintree, to enable a smooth online checkout experience for your trade customers.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Payments](/docs/payments)
{% endhint %}

***

### Offer Bank Transfer as a website Payment Method

You can offer **Bank Transfer** as a payment method during checkout.

When a customer selects this option:

* After confirming their order, they’ll be redirected to a page displaying your bank details (as specified in their [customer record](/docs/b2b/b2b-payments-finance#manage-bank-account-details-for-your-business)).
* These details are also included in their Order Confirmation email.
* The order is placed on hold for fulfilment until payment is received. Once funds are confirmed, you can begin allocation and fulfilment manually.

This gives you the flexibility to take orders from customers who prefer to pay by bank transfer, without interrupting their checkout journey.

It’s ideal for B2B and high-value retail orders where card payments aren’t always the preferred option.

***

### Manage bank account details for your business

Securely manage bank account details for your business, providing flexibility in financial transactions and invoicing by assigning specific bank accounts to customers, which are included in their order invoices.

***

### Produce commercial Invoice documentation

Create accurate commercial Invoice documentation including essential information such as seller and purchaser details, shipping address, products, quantities, unit prices, descriptions, Intrastat code, Incoterms and country of origin.

***

### Run Sales Performance reports

Generate reports to track sales performance per representative working for your business. Monitor their customer orders, revenue, or any other key metrics you need us to track.

Stay informed with notifications when customers place orders, ensuring timely follow-up and proactive customer service.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Reports & Analytics](/docs/reports-and-analytics)
{% endhint %}

***

### Export financial reporting data to your accounting package

Export financial reporting data in a user-friendly format tailored to your accounting package.

Whether you use QuickBooks, Xero, Sage, or another system, we configure the export to meet the system’s import requirements.

***

### :electric\_plug: Integration: Use Avalara for advanced international Tax Rules

Venditan Commerce is integrated with **Avalara**, a leading third-party tax management solution that handles complex international tax regulations.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Tax Rules](/docs/product-information-management-pim/taxes)
{% endhint %}


# B2B Customers

Efficiently manage your B2B customers with features tailored specifically for B2B interactions.

***

### Create and Tag your Customers

B2B customers are distinguished from Retail customers through the 'Trade' **Customer Type**.

You can store all of the essential information against the Trade customer:

* Company Name
* VAT Number
* Currency
* Credit Limit
* INCO Terms
* Payment Terms per Sales Channel
* Bank Accounts per Sales Channel
* Taxation Type per Sales Channel
* Marketplaces
* Assigned Sales Agent

You can manage multiple contacts within each B2B customer account, specifying different email addresses and telephone numbers for enhanced communication and relationship management.

Our customer tagging feature can be used to categorise and segment your B2B customers as required internally.

***

### Assign your Customers to Internal or External Sales Reps

Assign specific internal team members or external agents as sales representatives for individual customer accounts.

Implement rigid role-based permissions to control access to sensitive customer data and limit actions based on job responsibilities.

***

### Run a points-based Loyalty Scheme for Trade Customers

Implement a points-based loyalty program where Customers earn points on purchases at your weighted discretion.

For B2B, this also covers orders generated outside of your website.

Points are updated for Customers when you manually import their new orders into Venditan Commerce.

Points can be redeemed for discounts on future purchases, encouraging repeat business.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Loyalty System](/docs/marketing-and-promotions/loyalty-system)
{% endhint %}

***

### Offer Discretionary Discounts to Customers

Empower your sales teams to provide **Discretionary Discounts** to select Customers or Customer Types.

This flexibility allows them to tailor pricing strategies to close deals, incentivise high-volume purchases, and strengthen relationships with the customers they manage.


# B2B Websites

Explore a suite of B2B website features designed to elevate the experience you provide for your customers.

***

### Launch a dedicated, blended or private B2B eCommerce website

Venditan Commerce supports flexible strategies to deliver your customers a tailored B2B eCommerce experience.

<table><thead><tr><th width="209">Strategy</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Dedicated Website</strong></td><td>Create a dedicated B2B eCommerce website exclusively for your trade customers. This option is the most straightforward, and allows you to focus on the specific needs and preferences of your B2B clients, providing a customised and professional purchasing environment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Blended Website</strong></td><td>Operate a single website that simultaneously caters to both B2B and direct-to-consumer (D2C) markets. This approach lets you manage your product offerings, pricing, and content for both customer segments from a unified platform, streamlining operations while serving diverse audiences.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Private Portal</strong></td><td>Launch a secure, private portal that requires password access. Attached to your existing website, this portal can provide exclusive access to your B2B customers, offering personalised pricing, product catalogues, and ordering options in a separate environment to your D2C website.</td></tr></tbody></table>

Regardless of the chosen strategy, your website can incorporate various features listed below to enhance the user experience.

***

### Communicate technical product information

Venditan Commerce offers comprehensive product information storage and display, allowing you to communicate rich, technical details about your products.

You can create [Custom Product Attributes](/docs/product-information-management-pim/product-data#product-attributes) to collect and store any specific, niche characteristics or qualities that define your products.

This data can then enhance your Product Display Pages (PDPs) by offering the information as a datasheet, technical specification or rich product description.

***

### Compare products based on their specifications

Offer customers a product comparison tool that allows them to select multiple products and view their comparable Product Attributes side-by-side.

This feature is valuable in B2B eCommerce, where customers must make informed decisions based on detailed technical information.

For example, a company purchasing industrial machinery can easily compare models based on power consumption, output capacity, and other critical specifications to choose the best option for their needs.

***

### Optimise your Site Search for large or complex inventories

Venditan Commerce supports part code searches, filterable searches, and faceted searches, making it easier for customers to find what they need quickly.

Additionally, you can set up [Search Redirects](/docs/ecommerce-websites/website-search#redirect-customers-when-they-enter-a-specific-search-term) to guide users directly to the correct pages based on specific search terms.

For example, if a user searches for a common part code, you can redirect them to the exact product page, improving their navigation and overall experience.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Website Search](/docs/ecommerce-websites/website-search)
{% endhint %}

***

### Offer a Bulk Ordering interface

Streamline the ordering process for your B2B customers with a dedicated **Bulk Ordering** interface.

This feature allows customers to easily select from a large product catalogue and compile a bulk order from a single screen.

They can choose variations and set quantities efficiently, making it ideal for businesses that regularly place large orders. This interface simplifies the purchasing process and enhances user satisfaction by reducing the time and effort required to place bulk orders.

***

### Add products to a Wishlist and send automated reminders

Enable customers to add products to a [Wishlist](/docs/ecommerce-websites/website-features#wishlists-create-wishlists-and-send-automated-reminders), which is saved in their account for future reference.&#x20;

You can brand this feature to fit your business, such as a ‘Project List’ for ongoing procurement needs.

Set up automated reminders to notify customers of their wishlist products after a specified number of days, prompting them to revisit the website and complete their purchase. This is particularly useful for B2B buyers managing long-term projects and procurement schedules.

***

### Save products or Orders for repeat purchase

Allow your customers to save their favourite products or orders for repeat purchases.

This feature is ideal for B2B customers who frequently reorder the same items. It streamlines their procurement process and ensures they can quickly restock essential supplies without searching for them each time.

***

### Offer products on Subscription

Provide your customers with the option to subscribe to regular deliveries of products at a recurring price.

Set flexible collection intervals, such as monthly, bi-monthly, or annually, to meet the specific needs of your B2B clients.

This can be offered as a flat-rate subscription or integrated with your volume pricing model, ensuring consistent supply and convenience for businesses that require regular restocking of materials or consumables.

***

### Display Comparative Pricing

Venditan Commerce allows you to display **Comparative Pricing**, such as showing the manufacturer's price alongside your selling price.

This helps you to highlight the potential profit margin your customers receive when purchasing from you.

***

### Toggle to include or exclude VAT on displayed prices

Offer a VAT toggle for users to include or exclude VAT from the prices displayed on your website.

This allows your customers to see the net cost of products without VAT, which may be useful for their budgeting and financial planning.

It also helps international buyers who may have different tax regulations and need to understand the base price of the products.

***

### Create custom web forms for quotation requests

For quotation-only products, we can provide custom forms tailored to the data you need to capture, presented in a user-friendly manner.

For instance, if there are numerous questions, you can break them down into steps to enhance user experience.

Quotation request forms are designed to be logical, efficient and presented to the customer at the right stage of their journey on your website.

***

### Provide Customers with an Account area

Customers can access a dedicated Account area to log in to and manage their interactions with your business.

From their Account, Customers can view their Order History, track open Orders, access Invoices and manage saved payment methods.

Additionally, they can access saved quotes, manage their wishlisted products, and update their contact information.


# Integrations

Thanks to its open API architecture, Venditan Commerce integrates with the additional tools and systems critical to your operations.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Couriers &#x26; Logistics</strong></td><td>Integrations with leading couriers and logistics companies.</td><td><a href="/pages/tb4DwAyd32zqI7pRYeIq">/pages/tb4DwAyd32zqI7pRYeIq</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payments</strong></td><td>Integrations with secure payment gateways and methods.</td><td><a href="/pages/CWdpI3rdIUm2S98T7PPT">/pages/CWdpI3rdIUm2S98T7PPT</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Marketing &#x26; Reviews</strong></td><td>Integrations with marketing tools including email marketing and reviews.</td><td><a href="/pages/xJvtN0IL3q00cHSVX28N">/pages/xJvtN0IL3q00cHSVX28N</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Marketplaces &#x26; Affiliates</strong></td><td>Integrations with popular marketplaces and affiliate marketing tools.</td><td><a href="/pages/2vlzcklJQA6Wqs9nXy2k">/pages/2vlzcklJQA6Wqs9nXy2k</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Search &#x26; Merchandising</strong></td><td>Integrations with website search and merchandising tools.</td><td><a href="/pages/VL9vSeg1jjRkOI9bGhgl">/pages/VL9vSeg1jjRkOI9bGhgl</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Couriers & Logistics

Venditan Commerce is integrated with both domestic and international courier networks, supporting efficient deliveries with automated shipping label printing and tracking information.

***

### Integrations:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Ship Engine</strong></td><td>Multi-carrier Shipping Platform API, powering over a billion shipments for the fastest-growing brands and logistics companies.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/UXRQH7quKgMgHgByhqHV">/files/UXRQH7quKgMgHgByhqHV</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>DPD</strong></td><td>One of the UK's leading parcel delivery brands offering an extensive UK network and ground-based service to Europe.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/bjzLgnMBC37N91x6F0mG">/files/bjzLgnMBC37N91x6F0mG</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Global-e</strong></td><td>Global-e offers a variety of international shipping options, tailored to your specific requirements and operational set-ups.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/3QT5aMqnnVaTF3KNtuHN">/files/3QT5aMqnnVaTF3KNtuHN</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Royal Mail</strong></td><td>Royal Mail is a British multinational postal service and courier company, originally established in 1516.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/KqzHuY55OiJTgx6F7wQC">/files/KqzHuY55OiJTgx6F7wQC</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>FedEx</strong></td><td>FedEx offer a worldwide portfolio of shipping and transportation services.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/Rbg53Y5YcrtYyeLAEJQb">/files/Rbg53Y5YcrtYyeLAEJQb</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Fulfilment By Amazon (FBA)</strong></td><td>Fulfillment by Amazon (FBA) is a program that allows sellers to outsource order fulfillment to Amazon.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/xLU3g72JpuWHqyqehblc">/files/xLU3g72JpuWHqyqehblc</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>UPS</strong></td><td>UPS is an American multinational shipping-receiving and supply chain management company.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/ZsMXruZ6V4Q73V4mmMuC">/files/ZsMXruZ6V4Q73V4mmMuC</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>An Post</strong></td><td><p>State-owned provider of postal services in Ireland.</p><p><a href="https://www.anpost.com/"><br></a></p></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/3wtr9deg6lWR7VAR3VGn">/files/3wtr9deg6lWR7VAR3VGn</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>TNT</strong></td><td>TNT deliver millions of packages either worldwide or within a country by couriers. Acquired by FedEX in 2015 and will become FedEX Express in 2023.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/YQzGfBCunjOGeSe84FkJ">/files/YQzGfBCunjOGeSe84FkJ</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Parcelforce Worldwide</strong></td><td>Parcelforce Worldwide offer an express parcel delivery service to businesses and consumers across the UK and Worldwide. Operated by Royal Mail.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/oFzXIJjAH6JWLZxfVA0s">/files/oFzXIJjAH6JWLZxfVA0s</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>GLS</strong></td><td>GLS offer an extensive network delivering domestic and international deferred parcels through their partner, Parcelforce Worldwide.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/rtLDlPWUTe366p1yD0Dx">/files/rtLDlPWUTe366p1yD0Dx</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>SEKO Logistics</strong></td><td>SEKO Logistics deliver freight forwarding and white glove services.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/FSYVE9dTgg21yJeHs2Vc">/files/FSYVE9dTgg21yJeHs2Vc</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Blue Yonder</strong></td><td>Blue Yonder is one of the world's leading companies in digital supply chain transformations and omnichannel commerce fulfilment.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/EraFLJm0341LGoJyoucT">/files/EraFLJm0341LGoJyoucT</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ship Theory</strong></td><td>Cloud-based shipping management platform connecting eCommerce retailers with the world’s best carriers.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/IP6hrt2lCKl5FyTOyvOe">/files/IP6hrt2lCKl5FyTOyvOe</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Collect+</strong></td><td>Collect+ offers an extensive network of entry/exit parcel collection locations across the United Kingdom.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/2132PYev0HUn7rPe4dH2">/files/2132PYev0HUn7rPe4dH2</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>FedEx Cross Border</strong></td><td>FedEx Cross Border offers delivery solutions which connect UK retailers with over 220 countries and territories across the globe.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/XKTIQSncnLzzAWQkb0Yd">/files/XKTIQSncnLzzAWQkb0Yd</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>DHL Express</strong></td><td>DHL's faster delivery service offers same, next day and nominated time delivery services.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/rsKShB15G8dhlhFh3Xwj">/files/rsKShB15G8dhlhFh3Xwj</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Extensiv</strong></td><td>Extensiv’s platform unites four leading fulfilment technology brands into one comprehensive omnichannel fulfilment solution.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/eZyX804hByw9x5X9Vm2Y">/files/eZyX804hByw9x5X9Vm2Y</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Payments

Offer traditional and emerging payment solutions to your customer base, both domestically and globally.

***

### Integrations:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>JudoPay</strong></td><td>Judopay are a leading online payments solution company, allowing businesses to accept web and mobile payments with secure and trusted technology.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/c0Ve9T1SYfwpHWqvoZBY">/files/c0Ve9T1SYfwpHWqvoZBY</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Global Payments</strong></td><td>Global Payments provide online payment services to businesses of every size, processing billions of transactions every year.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/0OEqG0emrXRCrWb9TCqI">/files/0OEqG0emrXRCrWb9TCqI</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Braintree</strong></td><td>Braintree is a PayPal service offering scalable online payment solutions and white-glove support.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/m090UHRjtj2hN2Rtokdr">/files/m090UHRjtj2hN2Rtokdr</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Klarna</strong></td><td>Leading provider of buy-now-pay-later solutions both online and in-store.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/LcrmshpVYQE1lJghw48T">/files/LcrmshpVYQE1lJghw48T</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>PayPal</strong></td><td>PayPal is a payment platform with a website and mobile app that enables payments to businesses and between parties.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/bLwH02YVYT9X7Pq83cT6">/files/bLwH02YVYT9X7Pq83cT6</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Amazon Pay</strong></td><td>Amazon Pay enables you to offer Amazon customers an easy, secure and fast way to check out on your site using the delivery and payment information stored in their Amazon account.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/QthtAa53IqbcXp9SA80X">/files/QthtAa53IqbcXp9SA80X</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Xero</strong></td><td>Xero’s online accounting software connects small business owners with their numbers, their bank, and advisors anytime.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/AtkAeMjeVGoZjpiPVnLD">/files/AtkAeMjeVGoZjpiPVnLD</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>V12 Retail Finance</strong></td><td>V12 Retail Finance offers retail finance through cutting-edge technology which gives retailers the ability to better serve their customers.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/ycv03I0zGECyyvToaJEP">/files/ycv03I0zGECyyvToaJEP</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>duologi</strong></td><td>Duologi offers a point-of-sale finance solution that gives customers flexible payment options at checkout.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/wud1AuwKRGoWVt6pRF0d">/files/wud1AuwKRGoWVt6pRF0d</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Humm</strong></td><td>hummgroup’s buy now pay later product humm is the market leader for purchases over £500.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/XA8xQ3g2e5x8JZcqpOcz">/files/XA8xQ3g2e5x8JZcqpOcz</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>PayPal Credit</strong></td><td>PayPal Credit is an open-end (revolving) credit card account that provides a reusable credit line built into the user’s PayPal account.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/xs9kT4tHfDQt3gidkrqz">/files/xs9kT4tHfDQt3gidkrqz</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Avalara</strong></td><td>Avalara helps retailers and brands solve tax compliance challenges through automation.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/pf1zDlIJip1CRmtXmbC3">/files/pf1zDlIJip1CRmtXmbC3</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Nibble</strong></td><td>Nibble is the award-winning chatbot for eCommerce that lets customers make an offer on the product page for instant results.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/AwdfGzMfafiRUQdJDVJG">/files/AwdfGzMfafiRUQdJDVJG</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Clearpay</strong></td><td>Clearpay offer BNPL with a fixed amount of credit to make purchases, paid over four automatic installments every two weeks.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/hdtx7BtkIGJkjuAQ8Q2I">/files/hdtx7BtkIGJkjuAQ8Q2I</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Google Pay</strong></td><td>Google Pay allows customers to pay using the information stored in their Google account.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/XBxD2T6IBjWcGEYXgxx7">/files/XBxD2T6IBjWcGEYXgxx7</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>PayL8r</strong></td><td>Payl8r is a buy now, pay later (BNPL) finance provider that allows customers to spread the cost of purchases over time with flexible repayment plans.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/RuMCKaG6D0Gxd0mivghq">/files/RuMCKaG6D0Gxd0mivghq</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Marketing & Reviews

Maximise your potential revenue with our range of integrated marketing and review tools.

***

### Email Marketing:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Klaviyo</strong></td><td>A marketing automation platform that can be used for email and SMS marketing, as well as review collection.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/EKcPCQpHpGmgv2PUmtC4">/files/EKcPCQpHpGmgv2PUmtC4</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Mailchimp</strong></td><td>Trustpilot is a popular review platform where customers can leave public feedback on their experiences with your business.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/V9FpRu3alngJ6i9JJOCB">/files/V9FpRu3alngJ6i9JJOCB</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Mandrill</strong></td><td>REVIEWS.io gives you the tools to collect and manage reviews across a range of third-party platforms, as well as their own.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/CLYCePqZ8X6TbzBrs6ne">/files/CLYCePqZ8X6TbzBrs6ne</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Spotler</strong></td><td>Spotler (formerly Pure360)'s all-in-one AI email &#x26; web marketing platform helps businesses to acquire new customers and increase revenue.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/XsyhXZDAh0zoAOMczQlN">/files/XsyhXZDAh0zoAOMczQlN</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>dotdigital</strong></td><td>Dotdigital's all-in-one platform unifies customer data to centralise actionable insights, using AI to personalise marketing activity.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/WhLx1i0o522SfSdHPYaY">/files/WhLx1i0o522SfSdHPYaY</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>mailjet</strong></td><td>mailjet allows users to create beautiful, responsive marketing emails in a matter of minutes.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/hx2UKoMzaRYko2CPOqHC">/files/hx2UKoMzaRYko2CPOqHC</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>mailgun</strong></td><td>mailgun is a transactional email service used by developers and IT professionals to send, receive, and track emails using its powerful API. </td><td></td><td><a href="/files/t6JFREdXjeJbmFi4Stax">/files/t6JFREdXjeJbmFi4Stax</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Adestra</strong></td><td>Adestra offers email automation software that increases engagement by serving personalised content.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/6fvOkOH2AeJATPuSDLeV">/files/6fvOkOH2AeJATPuSDLeV</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Reviews:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Trustpilot</strong></td><td>Trustpilot is a popular review platform where customers can leave public feedback on their experiences with your business.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/z5MtjVlWRs17bYWUgYzK">/files/z5MtjVlWRs17bYWUgYzK</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>REVIEWS.io</strong></td><td>REVIEWS.io gives you the tools to collect and manage reviews across a range of third-party platforms, as well as their own.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/K6pDR8xjVqHKTGBIcO7g">/files/K6pDR8xjVqHKTGBIcO7g</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>bazaarvoice</strong></td><td>bazaarvoice enables brands and retailers to leverage the voice of the customer, manage user-generated content at scale.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/1mJoPhcpI6OT8BGRuogZ">/files/1mJoPhcpI6OT8BGRuogZ</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>feefo</strong></td><td>feefo offer a comprehensive 360-degree feedback tool.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/VMuoUa9CFEs3W4gsINmK">/files/VMuoUa9CFEs3W4gsINmK</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Other:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>gocertify</strong></td><td><p>gocertify allows you to offer exclusive discounts to verified healthcare workers, under-26s, over-60s, students, teachers and more.</p><p><a href="https://www.gocertify.me/"><br></a></p></td><td></td><td><a href="/files/wan2B5sPtIDapCogqzx5">/files/wan2B5sPtIDapCogqzx5</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Barilliance</strong></td><td>Barilliance offer eCommerce personalisation tools including cart abandonment emails, personalised product recommendations and more.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/zZRVEcd1nQ8F95OjN61L">/files/zZRVEcd1nQ8F95OjN61L</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Adobe Target</strong></td><td>Adobe Target is the Adobe Experience Cloud solution that provides everything you need to tailor and personalise customer experiences.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/XHcv6RooV6wevTx1G4U0">/files/XHcv6RooV6wevTx1G4U0</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Ometria</strong></td><td>Ometria is a customer data and marketing platform that lets retailers increase customer revenue by sending personalised, relevant marketing messages throughout the customer journey.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/gQj1S2MelJSeOTHF1qWU">/files/gQj1S2MelJSeOTHF1qWU</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Marketplaces & Affiliates

Reach your customers where they’re shopping with our direct and multi-channel marketplace integrations.

***

### Marketplaces:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Amazon</strong></td><td>Amazon's own eCommerce platform lets third-party sellers list products for purchase.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/x8VhkDqCk3NUWrImSK6a">/files/x8VhkDqCk3NUWrImSK6a</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>eBay</strong></td><td>eBay is the leading auction house and marketplace that facilitates the sale of goods between third-party buyers and sellers. </td><td></td><td><a href="/files/VT4KvMQpZZv0XjtvasYR">/files/VT4KvMQpZZv0XjtvasYR</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>TikTok Shop</strong></td><td>TikTok Shop enables merchants and creators to showcase and sell products to TikTok's fast-growing user base.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/WGNZxXZVvZisWYhfSFtt">/files/WGNZxXZVvZisWYhfSFtt</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Channable</strong></td><td>Channable is our specialist partner for multichannel feed management, opening our clients up to a global array of affiliate networks and marketplaces.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/rfvfjUBupvni0lKbJnJy">/files/rfvfjUBupvni0lKbJnJy</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Miinto</strong></td><td>Miinto is a specialist marketplace serving independent fashion retailers and boutiques.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/06IGLFufEw1qLcJGfSmA">/files/06IGLFufEw1qLcJGfSmA</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Wine Searcher</strong></td><td>Wine Searcher is a specialist marketplace serving independent wine retailers.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/dDLaqLpbYG4cgWCrYaXK">/files/dDLaqLpbYG4cgWCrYaXK</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Affiliates:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Awin</strong></td><td>Awin is North America's fastest-growing affiliate marketing platform, offering standout solutions and diverse partnership opportunities.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/ePiYaiYwapB9mnGYfWZl">/files/ePiYaiYwapB9mnGYfWZl</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Webgains</strong></td><td>Webgains is a high-performance affiliate marketing network spanning 1,800 advertisers and 250,000 publishers.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/Dq5xheiulJoLw8ntuQ6A">/files/Dq5xheiulJoLw8ntuQ6A</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Search & Merchandising

Enhance your search functionality and enrich your product display and listing pages with our range of search and merchandising integrations.

***

### Search:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Algolia</strong></td><td>Algolia lets you customise your website’s search functionality without any coding.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/9W67goxv0xLhqF0zjcl7">/files/9W67goxv0xLhqF0zjcl7</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Clerk.io</strong></td><td>Clerk.io powers personalisation and relevance throughout your entire customer journey to automatically grow sales through site search and product recommendations.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/NozWxwGal9hdb56PYFb2">/files/NozWxwGal9hdb56PYFb2</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Nibble</strong></td><td>Nibble is the award-winning chatbot for eCommerce that lets customers make an offer on the product page for instant results.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/lGcrBXa3mQbAUvuaER0s">/files/lGcrBXa3mQbAUvuaER0s</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>ShoeSize.Me</strong></td><td>ShoeSizeMe uses AI to help leading footwear brands and retailers increase their conversion rates through personalisation.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/binzhBAgNwlek03U02oj">/files/binzhBAgNwlek03U02oj</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>SLI</strong></td><td>SLI provides AI-driven search and predictive eCommerce discovery functionality.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/UD5RSlDwaBOzVJYixCe0">/files/UD5RSlDwaBOzVJYixCe0</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Usizy</strong></td><td>Usizy allows you to provide exact and personalised sizing recommendations through your eCommerce website.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/IL34hKgSDF6HuXMekPsW">/files/IL34hKgSDF6HuXMekPsW</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>StylaNosto</strong></td><td>StylaNosto helps you to adapt product recommendations to individual behaviours and sync with custom audience segments to create truly unique experiences.</td><td></td><td><a href="/files/pZZtVHVGOKhCTmdPLvYJ">/files/pZZtVHVGOKhCTmdPLvYJ</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Reports & Analytics

Venditan Commerce includes comprehensive, customisable reports that provide deep insights into your sales, inventory, customer behaviour, and financial performance.

***

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Sales</strong></td><td>Featured reports to analyse your Sales/Orders.</td><td><a href="/pages/Gw74Lpr6pUWDrH4mQdme">/pages/Gw74Lpr6pUWDrH4mQdme</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payments</strong></td><td>Featured reports to analyse your Payments.</td><td><a href="/pages/TDq8O8p2EoWhsSuFaAmz">/pages/TDq8O8p2EoWhsSuFaAmz</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock/Inventory</strong></td><td>Featured reports to analyse your Stock/Inventory.</td><td><a href="/pages/dTwkgoe9VWWYOE2snOUo">/pages/dTwkgoe9VWWYOE2snOUo</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customers</strong></td><td>Featured reports to analyse your Customer Data.</td><td><a href="/pages/lduiN4K7Ibv28zjVWS5l">/pages/lduiN4K7Ibv28zjVWS5l</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Custom &#x26; Third-Party</strong></td><td>Custom report development and third party integrations.</td><td><a href="/pages/cTQbEelHk4NzsazcIZ1L">/pages/cTQbEelHk4NzsazcIZ1L</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Sales

Generate detailed insights into your sales performance, helping you track important revenue, returns and tax information.

***

### Group Sales Analysis Report

Group and filter your sales data for straightforward analysis and insight.

**Configuration**

Generating a **Group Sales Analysis Report** can differ based on your platform configuration, but this typically includes:

<table><thead><tr><th width="191">Configuration</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Grouping Strategy</strong></td><td>Choose how you intend to group your sales data. Sales can be grouped by: Brand, Customer, Customer Type, Sales Channel or Product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Filters</strong></td><td>The grouping can be filtered by: Sales Audience, Sales Channel, Department, Product Category, Tax Rate, Supplier, Payment Type or Payment Date.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Dates</strong></td><td>Apply a Start Date and End Date.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stores</strong></td><td>Include or exclude in-store sales.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Metrics**

The Group Sales Analysis Report generates the following metrics for each group:

<table><thead><tr><th width="218">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Items Sold</strong></td><td> The total number of items sold within the selected date range.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total exc. VAT</strong></td><td> Total sales excluding VAT.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total inc. VAT</strong></td><td>Total sales including VAT.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>VAT</strong></td><td>The amount of VAT calculated on the sales.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>% of Grand Total</strong></td><td>Each group’s contribution to the overall sales of the segment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Actual Cost exc. VAT</strong></td><td>The actual cost of goods sold, excluding VAT.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Profit</strong></td><td>The total profit for each group.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Margin %</strong></td><td>The profit margin percentage for each segment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Available Stock</strong></td><td>The current stock levels of the items sold.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Group Sales Analysis Report**

The Group Sales Analysis Report is a valuable tool for understanding how different segments contribute to your overall sales.

For example, you can view how much revenue was generated by each Brand, or assess the performance of different Customer Types for specific Product Categories.

Due to its wide range of configurable options, this is one of the most commonly used reports in Venditan Commerce.

We can provide additional Grouping Strategies and Filters to help you generate the reports you need.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: This report, along with the Payment Receipts by Payment Type report, is commonly used to aid Tax Return reporting.
{% endhint %}

***

### Grouped Sales Analysis: Comparison Report

You can also compare Grouped Sales Data across two date ranges.

While it has more limited grouping and filtering options than the standard Grouped Sales Analysis Report, it provides valuable insights by comparing Grouped Sales Data month-on-month, year-on-year, or across any other configurable date range.

***

### Rate of Sale Report

Generate sales projections for an upcoming period using your historical sales data.

**Configuration**

When generating a **Rate of Sale Report**, you will:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose your Analysis Period

Define how far back historical sales data should be analysed, e.g., 1 week, 1 month, or 1 year.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose your Projection Period

Specify the duration for which you want to generate sales projections.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Apply Filters

You can filter the report by Manufacturer, Season, Sales Audience, Department, Category, Product Tag, or Supplier.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose an Inventory Grouping strategy

Select from Master, Member or Stock to group your inventory for the report.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report generates the following sales projection metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="215">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product</strong></td><td>Product Title and Product Code to identify the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales History</strong></td><td>Total number of products sold within the specificed Analysis Period.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Projection</strong></td><td>Projected sales based for the Projection Period.</td></tr></tbody></table>

The report generates the following additional metrics for a deeper analysis of stock levels:

<table><thead><tr><th width="278">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Is End of Line?</strong></td><td>Indicates if the product is discontinued.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Max Stock</strong></td><td>The Max Stock Level for the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Unallocated Stock</strong></td><td> The quantity of stock not currently assigned to any orders.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Unallocated Stock + PO</strong></td><td>Unallocated stock plus any incoming tock on open Purchase Orders.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Value (Available Stock)</strong></td><td>The total value of the available stock for the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Current Days Cover</strong></td><td>The expected number of days the current stock will last is based on sales velocity.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Current Weeks Cover</strong></td><td>The expected number of weeks the current stock will last is based on sales velocity.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Rate of Sale Report**

The Rate of Sale Report is essential for forecasting future sales based on historical performance.

It provides accurate sales projections for a defined period, helping to inform replenishment and staffing decisions.
{% endhint %}

***

### Returned Orders by Reason Report

Break down your returned products and understand why they were returned.

**Configuration**

When generating a **Returned Orders by Reason Report**, you will:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose your Date Range

Define the period you want to analyse returned orders for.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Apply Filters

You can filter the report by Sales Channel, Return Reason, Delivery Country and Product Code.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose a Grouping Strategy

Select from Sales Channel, Return Reason, Delivery Country/Return Reason and Product/Return Reason to group your inventory for the report.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report generates the following key metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="215">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product</strong></td><td>Product Title and Product Code to identify the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Number of Returns</strong></td><td>Total count of returned items for the specified criteria.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Date</strong></td><td>The date on which the returns occurred.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Return Reason</strong></td><td>The reason provided for the return of the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Value of Returns</strong></td><td>The monetary value associated with the returned items.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales Channel</strong></td><td>The Sales Channel where the product was sold.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Delivery Country</strong></td><td>The country to which the product was delivered.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Returned Orders by Reason Report**

The Returned Orders by Reason Report provides a comprehensive analysis of returned items, offering insights into the reasons behind product returns.

This report breaks down returns by Sales Channel, Delivery Country, and Return Reason, enabling you to identify trends and potential issues within your product offerings, and ultimately work towards a reduced return rate.
{% endhint %}

***

### Order Cancellation Reasons Report

Generate a list of [cancelled orders](/docs/order-management-and-fulfilment-oms/order-capture-and-management#cancel-an-order) and understand why they were cancelled.

**Configuration**

When generating a **Order Cancellation Reasons Report**, you will:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose your Date Range

Define the period you want to analyse returned orders for.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Apply Filters

You can filter the report by Sales Channel or Department.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report generates the following key metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="191.0445556640625">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order Number</strong></td><td>The individual code for each order, e.g. XCUS001.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Name</strong></td><td>The name of the Customer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Date Placed</strong></td><td>The data the order was placed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales Channel</strong></td><td>The Sales Channel that generated the Order, e.g. Website, Amazon.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cancellation Date</strong></td><td>The date the order was cancelled.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cancelled By</strong></td><td>The member of staff that cancelled the order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cancellation Reason</strong></td><td>The selected reason for cancellation.</td></tr></tbody></table>

### IOSS Report

Venditan Commerce includes an IOSS Report to support your EU VAT compliance obligations.

The report generates a list of all orders where the total value of goods exceeds the €150 IOSS threshold, which are excluded from IOSS coverage and subject to different VAT and customs treatment. This data is required for VAT reporting under EU import regulations.

The report includes key order-level details such as:

* Order ID
* Order Date
* Country of Destination
* Total Order Value
* Currency
* Shipping Method
* VAT Rate (if applicable)

This allows you to identify and account for transactions not covered by the IOSS scheme, helping to ensure accurate VAT declarations and cross-border compliance.

Reports can be exported and used as part of your monthly VAT submission or internal audit process.


# Payments

Analyse the Payments you have received, including detailed insights into Payment Type usage and E-Voucher engagement.

***

### Payment Receipts By Payment Type Report

This report shows Payments segmented by Payment Type used.

**Configuration**

When generating a **Payment Receipts by Payment Type Report**, you will:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose your Date Range

Define the period for which you want to analyse Payment Receipts.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose a Sales Channel

Select the sales channel to filter the report, e.g. Website, physical store, Amazon marketplace.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report generates the following key metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="292">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Payment Type</strong></td><td>The Payment Type used for each Payment, e.g. Credit Card, PayPal, E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Transaction Count</strong></td><td>The total number of transactions processed for each Payment Type.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Amount Breakdown by Currency</strong></td><td>The monetary value of the Payment detailed by the Currency used.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Payment Receipts By Payment Type Report**

The Payment Receipts By Payment Type Report overviews the Payment Types most commonly used on your website and in-store.

This helps you to reflect on your payment processing options, potentially optimising your checkout experience and improving customer satisfaction.
{% endhint %}

***

### Payment Receipts by Payment Type Breakdown Report

This generates a more detailed breakdown of Payment Receipts by including individual transactions, Customers and values.

**Configuration**

When generating a **Payment Receipts by Payment Type Breakdown Report**, you will:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose your Date Range

Define the period for which you want to analyse Payment Receipts.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose a Payment Type

Select the specific Payment Type(s) to cover in the report.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose a Sales Channel

Select the sales channel to filter the report, e.g. Website, physical store, Amazon marketplace.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report generates the following key metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="209">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Date</strong></td><td>The date on which the Payment was made.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Number</strong></td><td>Unique identifier assigned to each Customer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Name</strong></td><td>The name of the Customer making the Payment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Number</strong></td><td> The identifier for the specific Order associated with the transaction.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payment Type</strong></td><td>The Payment Type used for each Payment, e.g. Credit Card, PayPal, E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Amount Breakdown by Currency</strong></td><td>The monetary value of the Payment detailed by the Currency used.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Exchange Rate</strong></td><td>The conversion rate applied for transactions in foreign currencies.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Converted Total</strong></td><td>The total amount converted to GBP for consistency in reporting.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Delivery Method</strong></td><td> The Delivery Method associated with the Order.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Payment Receipts by Payment Type Breakdown Report**

The Payment Receipts By Payment Type Breakdown Report is valuable for businesses looking to gain a detailed understanding of payment transactions.

It helps identify customer purchasing patterns and payment preferences and can also aid in financial forecasting and reconciliation processes.
{% endhint %}

***

### Payment Receipts by Payment Type by Day Report

A simple report that shows total daily Payments, grouped by Payment Type, across all Sales Channels.

**Configuration**

You only need to choose a Date Range to generate a **Payment Receipts by Payment Type By Day Report.**

**Metrics**

The report generates the following key metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="290">Metric</th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Date</strong></td><td>The date on which the Payments were received.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Amount Breakdown by Currency</strong></td><td>The total Payments received for each Payment Type, detailed by Currency.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Payment Receipts by Payment Type by Day Report**

The Payment Receipts by Payment Type By Day Report provides a clear day-by-day overview of payment transactions, helping you identify revenue trends over time.

Grouping payments by Payment type allows for easy identification of popular payment options, which can inform future payment strategies and customer experience improvements.
{% endhint %}

***

### E-Voucher Report

Breakdown of E-Voucher usage over time.

**Configuration**

When generating an **E-Voucher Report**, you can:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose a Date Range

Define the period for which you want to analyse E-Voucher usage.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Filter by Location

Select a specific store location to filter the report.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Toggle Online/In-Store Purchases

Choose to include online purchases, in-store purchases, or both.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

To identify how the E-Voucher was used, the report provides the following metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="197">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Transaction</strong></td><td>Details of the transaction associated with the E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sale Summary</strong></td><td>Overview including Currency and Sold Value.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Online/In-Store</strong></td><td>Indicates whether the transaction occurred online or in-store.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Location</strong></td><td> The specific store location where the E-Voucher was utilised.</td></tr></tbody></table>

To identify the exact E-Voucher used against the transaction, the report provides the following metrics:

<table><thead><tr><th width="199">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Code</strong></td><td>The unique identifier for each E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Provider</strong></td><td> The E-Voucher strategy used.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Purchase Date</strong></td><td>The date when the E-Voucher was purchased.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Expiry Date</strong></td><td>The date on which the E-Voucher expires.</td></tr><tr><td> <strong>Purchaser</strong></td><td>The individual or entity that bought the E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Recipient</strong></td><td>The individual who receives the E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Currency</strong></td><td>The currency in which the E-Voucher was sold.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Initial Value</strong></td><td>The original value of the E-Voucher at the time of purchase.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the E-Voucher Report**

The E-Voucher Report provides a holistic view of voucher performance.

The report is used regularly by retailers using E-Vouchers as part of their promotional strategy, as it provides a clear insight into their usage across the specified date range.
{% endhint %}

***

### Unredeemed E-Vouchers

This simple report shows E-Vouchers that have not yet been used, purchased within a specified Date Range.

**Configuration**

You only need to choose a Date Range to generate an **Unredeemed E-Vouchers Report.**

**Metrics**

The report provides the following information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="215">Metrics</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Purchased (Date)</strong></td><td>The date when the E-Voucher was bought.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Expiry</strong></td><td>The expiry date of the E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Number</strong></td><td>The unique identifier for each E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Source Transaction</strong></td><td>The transaction associated with the purchase of the E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Delivery Email</strong></td><td>The email address to which the E-Voucher was sent.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer</strong></td><td>The name of the customer who purchased the E-Voucher.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>E-Voucher Value</strong></td><td>The monetary value of the E-Voucher.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Unredeemed E-Vouchers Report**

The Unredeemed E-Vouchers Report is a simple tool for quickly identifying which E-Vouchers are still active and usable.

You can use this report to remind customers to use their voucher(s) before expiry.
{% endhint %}


# Stock/Inventory

Venditan Commerce contains several detailed reports covering your stock and inventory including stock valuation, status and location reporting.

***

### Inventory Valuation Report

A non-configurable report summarising the value of your held stock, broken down by Location and Store.

**Metrics**

The **Inventory Valuation Report** provides the following information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="176">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Location</strong></td><td>The physical Location of the product, e.g. Warehouse name.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Store</strong></td><td>The specific Store where the stock is held.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Unique SKUs</strong></td><td>The number of unique stock-keeping units available.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Level</strong></td><td>The quantity of stock on hand.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cost Value</strong></td><td> The total cost value of stock on hand, based on your Cost Prices.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Inventory Valuation Report**

The Inventory Valuation Report utilises your products’ Cost Prices to provide a basic valuation of the inventory that you hold across the business.

This report is an essential tool for assessing stock value across different Locations and Stores. It enables you to make informed decisions regarding inventory management and financial planning.
{% endhint %}

***

### Inventory Valuation Breakdown Report

This report summarises non-sold stock values for a specific Location and Store.

**Configuration**

To generate an **Inventory Valuation Breakdown Report**, you can configure the following options:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose a Store/Location

Select a specific Store or Location to evaluate.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Apply Filters

Apply Filters to narrow down the evaluated products. Choose from:

* **Manufacturer**: Filter by the Manufacturer of the products.
* **Season**: Choose a specific Season to analyse.
* **Product Code**: Filter by specific Product Codes.
* **Supplier**: Select the supplier associated with the stock.
* **Sales Audience**: Specify the Sales Audience for the products.
* **Departments**: Filter by Department categories.
* **Product Categories**: Choose specific Product Categories.
* **Product Tags**: Use Product Tags assigned to the inventory for additional filtering.
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report provides the following information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="213">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>The Brand associated with the stock.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Unique SKUs Count</strong></td><td>The number of unique stock-keeping units.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Level</strong></td><td>The quantity of non-sold stock on hand.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cost Value</strong></td><td>The total cost value of the non-sold stock.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Retail Value</strong></td><td>The total retail value of the non-sold stock.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Margin (%)</strong></td><td>The percentage margin is calculated on the retail value compared to the cost value.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Inventory Valuation Breakdown Report**

The Inventory Valuation Breakdown Report provides insight into non-sold stock values specific to your location and store.

By offering detailed breakdowns across various dimensions, this report aids in identifying trends and managing inventory more effectively.
{% endhint %}

***

### Inventory Status Report

This non-configurable report displays information regarding the "Qualifies for Web" status of non-qualifying products, and explains why a product does not qualify.

The report can be run for one or multiple websites.

**Metrics**

The report shows the following information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="198">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product ID</strong></td><td>The unique identifier for each product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Code</strong></td><td>The specific code associated with the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Qualifies for Web</strong></td><td>Indicates whether the product qualifies for web publication, including explaining why the product is disqualified.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Is Purchaseable</strong></td><td>Indicates if the product is available for purchase, including an explanation of why the product isn't purchaseable.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Level (Primary Location)</strong></td><td>The quantity of stock available in the primary Location.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Level</strong><br><strong>(Other Locations)</strong></td><td>The quantity of stock available elsewhere.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Inventory Status Report**

The Inventory Status Report helps you clearly understand which products are ineligible for publishing on your website, and the reasons why.

For instance, it identifies products that may be missing images or other necessary attributes, enabling you to take corrective actions so they can be published.
{% endhint %}

***

### Stock Returned Damage Report

This report lists products that have been returned with a Return Reason listed as ‘Damaged.’

**Configuration**

You only need to choose a Date Range to generate a **Stock Returned Damaged Report**.

**Metrics**

The report shows the following information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="178">Metrics</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product Code</strong></td><td>The unique code associated with each returned product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Title</strong></td><td>The title of the product that has been returned.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>The Brand of the returned product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>No. Returned</strong></td><td>The quantity of the product returned as damaged.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total (exc. Tax)</strong></td><td>The total value of the returned products, excluding Tax.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Stock Returned Damaged Report**

The Stock Returned Damaged Report provides a straightforward snapshot of returned products because the customer listed them as Damaged.

You can then review the items and write them off or book them back for allocation.
{% endhint %}

***

### Mark Down Report

The Mark Down Report lists products on sale for a given day and Sales Channel.

**Configuration**

To generate a **Mark Down Report**, you can configure the following options:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose a Day

Select the specific day you want to analyse.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Apply Filters

Apply filters to narrow the report based on either Store/Location or Sales Channel.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report shows the following information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="228">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product Code</strong></td><td>The unique identifier for each product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Title</strong></td><td>The title of the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>The Brand associated with the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Variation</strong></td><td>Details regarding any product variations (e.g., Size, Colour)</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock</strong></td><td>The quantity of the product available.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Current Price (inc. Tax)</strong></td><td>The current selling price of the product, including Tax.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sale Price (inc. Tax)</strong></td><td>The discounted price of the product, including Tax.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Mark Down Report**

The Mark Down Report offers a snapshot of items currently on sale.

This information can help you catch pricing discrepancies, implement further markdowns, or generally review and manage your ongoing sales pricing.
{% endhint %}

***

### What's in the Bin Report

This report provides a breakdown of stock held within a specific Bin.

**Configuration**

To generate a **What’s in the Bin Report**, you only need to select the Bin you want to review.

**Metrics**

The report shows the following information:

| Metrics                        | Summary                                                |
| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Bin**                        | The specific Bin in which the stock is located.        |
| **Store**                      | The Store within which the Bin is contained.           |
| **Product**                    | The Title and Description of the product.              |
| **Master Code**                | The unique identifier for the Master product.          |
| **SKU**                        | The stock-keeping unit for each product in the Bin.    |
| **Barcode**                    | The barcode assigned to the product.                   |
| **Colour**                     | The colour variant of the product.                     |
| **Size**                       | The size variant of the product.                       |
| **Brand**                      | The Brand associated with the product.                 |
| **Product Category**           | The category to which the product belongs.             |
| **Department**                 | The department associated with the product.            |
| **Available Stock**            | The quantity of stock available in the Bin.            |
| **Allocated Stock**            | The quantity of stock allocated for Orders or tasks.   |
| **Allocated to Picking Stock** | The quantity of stock set aside for picking processes. |
| **Available Cost**             | The cost value of the available stock.                 |
| **Allocated Cost**             | The cost value of the allocated stock.                 |
| **Allocated to Picking Cost**  | The cost value of the stock allocated for Picking.     |

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the What’s in the Bin Report**

The What’s in the Bin Report provides a clear overview of what is expected to be stored in a particular storage Bin.&#x20;

You can use this report to inspect the Bin to ensure that the records match visually.
{% endhint %}

***

### Stock Take Report

The Stock Take Report is a robust and detailed report that provides a breakdown of current stock levels across all Locations in your business at the time of running the report.

**Configuration**

To generate a **Stock Take Report**, you can apply the following Filters to narrow your inventory down to the subset that you would like to evaluate:

<table><thead><tr><th width="203">Filter</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Sales Channel</strong></td><td>Select the specific Sales Channel where the products are sold, e.g. Websites, Amazon, or a physical store.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>Choose the Brand associated with the products to view stock levels for specific brands.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Department</strong></td><td>Filter by Department.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Category</strong></td><td>Specify the category to which the products belong.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Season</strong></td><td>Select the season relevant to the products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales Audience</strong></td><td>Filter by the target audience for the products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Condition</strong></td><td>Choose the condition of the products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Status</strong></td><td>Specify the status of the products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Size</strong></td><td>Filter by the size options available for the products.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Location</strong></td><td>Select a specific Location to stock take.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Store</strong></td><td>Select a specfiic Store to stock take.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Bin</strong></td><td>Select a specific Bin to stock take.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>SKU</strong></td><td>Filter by stock-keeping unit.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Supplier</strong></td><td>Choose the Supplier from whom the products were sourced.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Tag</strong></td><td>Stock take tagged products.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Metrics**

To identify individual products, the report can generate any of the following information based on your configuration:

<table><thead><tr><th width="206">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product Code</strong></td><td>The unique identifier for each product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Master Code</strong></td><td>The unique identifier for the master product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Title</strong></td><td>The name or description of the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Barcode</strong></td><td>The Barcode assigned to the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>HMRC Import Code</strong></td><td>The code used for customs importation.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>HMRC Export Code</strong></td><td>The code used for customs exportation.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Location</strong></td><td>The specific Location where the stock is held.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Store</strong></td><td>The Store where the stock is held.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Bin</strong></td><td>The specific Bin in which the stock is located.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>ISR Category</strong></td><td> The ISR (Inventory Stock Report) category assigned to the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Category</strong></td><td>The category to which the product belongs.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Department</strong></td><td> The department associated with the product.</td></tr></tbody></table>

To analyse stock levels, the report can generate any of the following information based on your configuration:

<table><thead><tr><th width="208">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Available Stock</strong></td><td>The quantity of stock currently available.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Allocated Stock</strong></td><td>The quantity of stock that is allocated for orders or tasks.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Counted Stock</strong></td><td>The quantity of stock counted during the stock take (this column will be empty initially).</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Available Cost</strong></td><td>The cost value of the available stock.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Allocated Cost</strong></td><td>The cost value of the allocated stock.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Stock Take Report**

The Stock Take Report offers a comprehensive view of your current stock levels across all locations that you manage.

Detailed filtering and configuration help you to hone in on particular product types or individual locations and monitor stock availability/allocation.
{% endhint %}

***

### Goods In By Manufacturer/Supplier Report

The Goods In By Manufacturer/Supplier Report provides a breakdown of new stock received into the business.

**Configuration**

To generate a **Goods In By Manufacturer/Supplier Report**, you can configure the following options:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose a Manufacturer/Supplier

&#x20;Select whether to view the report based on a specific Manufacturer or Supplier, or all.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose a Date Range

To narrow down the data, apply a filter based on the date the Goods Receipt Note (GRN) was created.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report shows the following key information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="155">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>The Brand associated with the stock being reported.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Quantity</strong></td><td>The total quantity of stock booked from the selected Manufacturer or Supplier, for that Brand.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Breakdown Report**

In addition to the main report, an accompanying **Breakdown Report** provides further information by breaking the report down into individual products. It includes:

<table><thead><tr><th width="191">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product</strong></td><td>The Product Title and Code.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Quantity</strong></td><td>The quantity of each specific product booked in.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>The Brand the product belongs to.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Description</strong></td><td>Short and Long Product Descriptions.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Composition</strong></td><td>The materials or ingredients used in the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Care Instructions</strong></td><td>Guidelines on how to care for or maintain the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sizes</strong></td><td>The size options available for the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Colours</strong></td><td>The colour options available for the product.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Goods In By Manufacturer/Supplier Report**

This report lets you keep tabs on recently received stock and filter that down by individual Suppliers or Manufacturers.

It is helpful for those with regular deliveries of new stock to keep tabs on the overall inventory flow into the business.
{% endhint %}

***

### Purchases Delivered

The Purchases Delivered Report provides an overview of Purchase Orders, detailing the quantities and percentages of items received compared to the total ordered.

**Configuration**

To generate a **Purchases Delivered Report**, you specify the date range for the purchase orders you want to include in the report.

**Metrics**

The report shows the following key information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="237">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Purchase Order Number</strong></td><td>The unique identifier for each Purchase Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Supplier</strong></td><td>The name of the Supplier associated with the Purchase Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Date Created</strong></td><td>The date when the Purchase Order was created.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>GRNs</strong></td><td>The Goods Receipt Notes related to the Purchase Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Items Ordered</strong></td><td>The total quantity of items ordered in the Purchase Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cost</strong></td><td>The total cost of the items ordered.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Items Delivered</strong></td><td>The quantity of items delivered against the Purchase Order.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>% Delivered</strong></td><td>The percentage of items delivered relative to the items ordered.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cost Delivered</strong></td><td>The total cost of the items that have been delivered.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>% Cost Delivered</strong></td><td>The percentage of the cost delivered relative to the total cost of the order.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Purchased Delivered (Grouped) Report**

You can also generate a list of Purchase Orders and the quantity and percentage of items received against the total ordered, grouped by Department or Product Category.

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Purchases Delivered Report**

This report offers valuable insights into your purchase orders by highlighting suppliers' performance in delivering ordered items. You can identify discrepancies and optimise future orders by tracking the quantity and cost delivered against what was ordered.
{% endhint %}

***

### Bestsellers Report

The Bestsellers Report provides an overview of the top-selling products within a specified Date Range.

**Configuration**

To generate a Bestsellers Report you only need to select a Date Range.

**Metrics**

The report shows the following key information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="206">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product</strong></td><td>The Product Title and Product Code.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Colour</strong></td><td>The Colour options available for the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Quantity Sold</strong></td><td>The total number of units sold during the specified date range.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total Sales</strong></td><td>The total revenue generated from sales of the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Profit</strong></td><td>The total profit made from the sales of the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Margin</strong></td><td>The profit margin percentage for the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Last Purchase Date</strong></td><td>The most recent date when the product was purchased.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Bestsellers Report**

This report reviews sales data, including profit and margin, to identify your most successful products.

This can help you to strategise on restocking, marketing, and website optimisation to maximise sales opportunities.
{% endhint %}

***

### Outstanding Stock Adjustments Report

The Outstanding Stock Adjustments Report provides an overview of stock adjustments that require attention due to unresolved stock movements related to in-store transactions.

**Metrics**

The report shows the following key information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="213">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Product SKU</strong></td><td>The specific code associated with each product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product Title</strong></td><td> The name or description of the product.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total Adjustments</strong></td><td>The total number of outstanding stock adjustments that must be addressed.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Variations</strong></td><td>Any product variations, e.g. Size, Style, Colour.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Outstanding Stock Adjustments Report**

This report highlights stock discrepancies that Venditan Commerce could not automatically reconcile, such as in-store sales not reflected in the system.

This is crucial for maintaining accurate inventory levels and ensuring stock records align with sales.

You can resolve stock discrepancies directly from the report.
{% endhint %}


# Customers

Delve deeper into your customer data with detailed customer spending reports, product performance by customer, and an in-built Segmentation Tool.

***

### Stock Sold by Customer Report

The Stock Sold By Customer Report provides a comprehensive overview of all items purchased or returned by a specific Customer.

**Configuration**

To generate a **Stock Sold By Customer Report**, you specify the Customer ID for the Customer whose purchase and return history you want to review.

**Metrics**

The report shows the following key information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="197">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order Number</strong></td><td>The unique identifier for the order associated with the transaction.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Date</strong></td><td>The date when the purchase or return transaction occurred.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Product</strong></td><td>The Product Title and Product Code.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Brand</strong></td><td>The Brand name of the product, including Brand Code.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Variations</strong></td><td>Unique product variations like Size, Colour and Style.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Quantity</strong></td><td>The number of units purchased or returned.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Gross Sale Price inc. Tax</strong></td><td>The total sale price of the item, including Tax.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Grass Sale Price exc. Tax</strong></td><td>The total sale price of the item, excluding Tax.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cost Price</strong></td><td>The cost price of the item.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Margin (%)</strong></td><td>The profit margin percentage for the sale.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Stock Sold By Customer Report**

This report enables effective tracking of customer buying behaviour and inventory movement. You can analyse purchasing patterns and return activity in detail

By reviewing the information provided, you can better understand customer preferences, manage inventory levels, and optimise sales strategies tailored to individual customers.
{% endhint %}

***

### Top Customers Report

The Top Customers Report highlights your highest-performing Customers based on total sales, providing valuable insights into customer behaviour and engagement.

**Configuration**

To generate a Top Customers Report, you can configure the following options:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose a Date Range

Specify the period you want to analyse customer sales for.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Filter by Customer Type or Sales Channel

Choose to filter by different Customer Types (e.g. Retail, Trade) or Sales Channel (e.g. Website, Store, Marketplaces)
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report shows the following key information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="287">Metrics</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Customer</strong></td><td>The Customer Name and Customer Code.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer Email</strong></td><td>The Customer's email address.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>No. Orders</strong></td><td>The total number of orders the Customer placed during the Date Range.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Total Value</strong></td><td>The cumulative value of all Orders made by the Customer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Gross Profit</strong></td><td>The total profit generated from the Customer’s Orders.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Margin (%)</strong></td><td>The profit margin percentage for the Customer’s Orders.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Last Invoice Value (B2B)</strong></td><td>The value of the most recent invoice issued to the Customer.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Last Invoice Date (B2B)</strong></td><td>The date when the last Invoice was generated.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Days Since Last Invoice (B2B)</strong></td><td>The number of days elapsed since the last Invoice was issued to the Customer.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Top Customers Report**

This report lets you identify your most valuable customers and assess their purchasing trends.

By analysing their sales data, you can develop targeted marketing strategies, enhance customer relationships, and focus on retaining top clients, ultimately driving more revenue for your business.
{% endhint %}

***

### Customer Account Balances Report

The Customer Account Balances Report overviews Customer Account Balances across various currencies, helping you manage financial relationships and payment tracking effectively.

**Configuration**

To generate a Customer Account Balances Report, you can configure the following options:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose a Customer or Customer Type

Specify the individual Customer or Customer Type on which to report.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose a Start and End Year

&#x20;Choose the starting year and ending year for the balance analysis.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

To identify customers, the report generates the following information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="183">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Customer Number</td><td><p></p><p>The unique identifier assigned to each customer.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Customer ID</td><td>The identification number for each customer within the system.</td></tr><tr><td>First Name</td><td>The first name of the customer.</td></tr><tr><td>Last Name</td><td>The last name of the customer.</td></tr><tr><td>Postcode</td><td>The postcode of the customer’s registered address.</td></tr><tr><td>Country</td><td>The country in which the customer is located.</td></tr></tbody></table>

To evaluate the Customer's Balance, the report generates the following information:

<table><thead><tr><th width="247">Metric</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Balance by Currency</strong></td><td>The current Account Balance for each Customer, broken down by Currency.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales Channels</strong></td><td>The Sales Channels through which the Customer has conducted transactions.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>First Payment Date</strong></td><td>The date of the Customer’s first recorded payment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>F</strong>i<strong>rst Payment Type</strong></td><td>The method used for the customer’s first payment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>First Open Payment Date</strong></td><td>The date of the customer’s first open (unsettled) payment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>First Open Payment Type</strong></td><td>The method used for the customer’s first open payment.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Customer Account Balances Report**

This report helps you to understand each customer's financial status and outstanding balances.

By reviewing account balances across different currencies, you can effectively manage customer accounts, ensure timely payments, and improve overall financial oversight.
{% endhint %}

***

### Customer Spending Report

List customer spending per month over a configurable set of years.

**Configuration**

To generate a Customer Spending Report, follow these steps:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Choose a Customer

Select the Customer for whom you wish to generate the report.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose a Start and End Year

Select the first and last year to include in the report.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

**Metrics**

The report provides the following metric:

* **Monthly Spending**: Displays the Customer’s spending for each month (across all Sales Channels), year-by-year.

{% hint style="info" %}
**About the Customer Spending Report**

The Customer Spending Report is beneficial for B2B scenarios, offering a detailed breakdown of spending activity for a particular customer over a set period.

This report is invaluable for identifying spending trends and patterns, helping you assess your customers' loyalty or purchasing behaviour.
{% endhint %}

***

### Customer Segmentation Tool

Venditan Commerce allows you to define a group of customers using a combination of filters, segment the customers that match those filters, and then export them into a CSV for marketing purposes.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Customer Segmentation Tool](/docs/customer-management-crm/customer-segmentation)
{% endhint %}


# Custom & Third-Party

Whether through scheduling, custom exports, or full integration with external platforms, you’ll have the flexibility to build a reporting suite that fits your workflow.

***

### Develop the Custom Reports that you need

Venditan Commerce offers comprehensive reporting capabilities, covering all the essential reporting tasks your business might require.

However, if you need something more tailored to your specific operations, we can develop **Custom Reports** that meet your needs. As long as the data exists within Venditan Commerce, we can create a custom report that delivers the required insight.

***

### Schedule Reports to run automatically

Easily **schedule** your most important reports to run automatically at specific intervals.&#x20;

Whether daily, weekly, or monthly, reports will be generated and emailed to your chosen users or user groups, ensuring they never miss key data points.

This feature is handy for recurring reports like daily sales summaries or payment reconciliations, keeping you up-to-date without manual intervention.

***

### Set up Report visibility

Control **Report access** by User or User Group, ensuring sensitive data remains protected.

You can limit Report visibility based on role or responsibility, streamlining workflows and focusing on the data needed by each User.

This also helps ensure compliance by restricting access to financial or customer data where necessary.

***

### Custom exports for third-party uploads

Need to export data to a third-party tool like Sage or Microsoft Dynamics?

We can configure Venditan Commerce to export data in the required format, such as CSV, making it simple to upload to your external finance or reporting software.

***

### Full integrations with your other reporting systems

Venditan Commerce supports seamless integration with your other reporting systems, enabling you to automatically share product, customer, order, stock and payment data.

Integrating with third-party platforms allows you to centralise your reporting, ensuring complete visibility across all systems without running reports separately.

***

### Fully configured Google Analytics 4 tracking

We will set up Google Analytics 4 (GA4) for your website if you don't already have it. GA4 will allow you to track key eCommerce metrics such as orders, revenue, and product performance across your different traffic sources.

We’ll migrate your existing tracking tags or set up new ones, ensuring that your website’s activity is fully tracked within GA4 via Google Tag Manager (GTM), giving you deep insights into user behaviour and sales performance.


# Hosting, Security & Compliance

We provide robust, fast hosting solutions, secure online payment partnerships, and comprehensive security measures for your website and platform.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Website Hosting</strong></td><td>How we keep our websites fast and reliable.</td><td><a href="/pages/Y8W9jVhfjT9ozdommUXD">/pages/Y8W9jVhfjT9ozdommUXD</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Website Security</strong></td><td>How we keep our websites secure.</td><td><a href="/pages/tnrvesJi8Em62QEJjzIo">/pages/tnrvesJi8Em62QEJjzIo</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Platform Security</strong></td><td>How we keep Venditan Commerce security.</td><td><a href="/pages/6f57PDzL2wDxzLcEt1Zs">/pages/6f57PDzL2wDxzLcEt1Zs</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payment Security</strong></td><td>Integrations with Level 1 PCI DSS compliant gateways.</td><td><a href="/pages/ovK0vSwJgdfUN3HluqVD">/pages/ovK0vSwJgdfUN3HluqVD</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Website Hosting

Our websites perform quickly and consistently thanks to dependable infrastructure choices.

***

### Fast and reliable website hosting

Exceed performance expectations with a fast, reliable, and responsive website under all conditions.

This is delivered through a robust choice of infrastructure combining:

<table><thead><tr><th width="300">Technology</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE)</strong></td><td>A cloud-based hosting platform that uses containerisation to manage and scale website hosting settings.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Amazon CloudFront</strong></td><td>A content delivery network (CDN) that speeds up the distribution of your website’s dynamic web content, like product images, videos and other files.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cloudflare</strong></td><td>A CDN that we use to cache your website and improve page load times.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE)

**Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE)** is a cloud-based hosting platform that uses containerisation to manage and scale website hosting settings.

Containerisation means packaging your website and its associated components into standardised units called ‘containers.’

Compared to legacy hosting methods that often rely on fixed infrastructure configurations, containerisation allows us to leverage automated scaling capabilities to allocate resources like CPU and memory based on the demand your website is experiencing.

This keeps it fast and responsive even during peak traffic.

Our development team manages and approves scaling updates, so scaling occurs only when it makes sense for your website.

***

### Amazon CloudFront

**Amazon CloudFront** is a content delivery network that speeds up the distribution of your website’s dynamic web content, such as product images, videos, and other files.

It does this by caching content at edge locations, which are strategically placed servers that Amazon has built around the world.

When a user requests content served through CloudFront, the request is routed to the edge location nearest to them geographically.

It minimises the distance the data needs to travel and further improves your website’s performance.

***

### Cloudflare

**Cloudflare** is a similar content delivery network that we use to cache your website and improve page load times.

Cloudflare instructs the user’s browser to cache the website on their device, reducing the need for repeated requests to the origin server. This improves website performance for returning visitors.

Like CloudFront, Cloudflare caches content across its worldwide network of edge servers. When a request is made for cached content, Cloudflare serves it directly from these edge servers, bypassing the need to get the data from your website entirely.

***

### DNS records handled for you

We will handle the complexities of DNS record management, ensuring accurate domain mapping, email routing, and subdomain management.

Our expert team configures and manages DNS records, guaranteeing seamless domain functionality by meticulously handling every aspect, from initial setup to ongoing maintenance so you can focus on your business.


# Website Security

We maintain the highest stringency of website security, protecting you and your customers with robust measures to safeguard sensitive data and provide a secure browsing experience.

***

### Secure your website with TLS 1.3 / 1.2

We secure our websites with the latest **Transport Layer Security (TLS)** protocol version and offer support for TLS 1.2 if your installed user base requires it.&#x20;

TLS ensures that all data transmitted between your website and its visitors is encrypted, making it more resilient against cyber threats.

It gives your website the security padlock icon in your browser’s address bar. This contributes to a trustworthy online presence that protects sensitive customer information and boosts customer confidence.

Adopting TLS can also improve your website’s SEO ranking, as HTTPS is a ranking factor.

***

### Defend your website with advanced firewalling

We safeguard our websites using a triple-lock of advanced protection methods.

Leveraging **Google Cloud's** robust firewall infrastructure, we are defended against various online threats, such as DDoS attacks, where multiple computers can overwhelm a website with traffic, making it slower or unavailable to users.

**Cloudflare**'s web application firewall (WAF) also inspects traffic to detect and block suspicious or malicious visitors to your website.

We also implement **customised security rules** and **enterprise-grade infrastructure**, providing an extra layer of defence.

These can be customised to match your specific security requirements and mitigate emerging threats effectively.

***

### Frequent vulnerability scans of your website

We conduct frequent vulnerability scans of all our websites to identify and address potential security weaknesses before they can be exploited.

These proactive checks help detect weaknesses and fix them promptly. Regular scans maintain our websites’ integrity and functionality, minimising the risk of cyber-attacks and potential downtime for your business.

***

### Real-time retained version of your website code

We store a real-time version of every website's code, ensuring that each change is immediately captured and preserved.

This provides a comprehensive backup of the codebase, enabling version control and quick restoration in the event of an unexpected issue.


# Platform Security

We implement cutting-edge protocols and technologies to protect your data and provide a secure environment for your business operations.

***

### Fully encrypted data in transit and storage

We ensure all data in transit and storage within Venditan Commerce is fully encrypted, rendering it unreadable without the appropriate decryption keys.

By encrypting data in transit and at rest, we uphold the highest security standards, safeguarding sensitive information from interception or compromise.

This encryption protocol extends to all communication channels and storage systems within our platform, ensuring end-to-end protection for your data.

***

### Frequent penetration testing of Venditan Commerce

We conduct regular penetration testing of our platform, utilising specialist third-party ethical hackers to identify and address potential vulnerabilities.

Through these rigorous assessments, we proactively assess our platform and simulate real-world cyber attacks to uncover weaknesses.

By partnering with ethical hacking experts, we ensure that Venditan Commerce remains resilient against evolving threats and adheres to industry best practices.&#x20;

***

### Highly flexible User Permissions

Use powerful user management settings to manage Venditan Commerce access across your business.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Users](/docs/admin-and-tools/users-and-access)
{% endhint %}

***

### Twice-weekly update and patch deployments

Our team deploy updates and patches to Venditan Commerce twice a week.

We prioritise security and progress by swiftly rolling out new features and patches, keeping our platform secure and up-to-date without delay.

***

### Logging and monitoring of platform usage data

Our robust logging and monitoring system tracks platform performance data behind the scenes.

This comprehensive oversight allows us to identify and address any potential issues or anomalies swiftly, ensuring optimal performance and reliability for your online operations without your intervention.

***

### Two-factor (2FA) authentication through Google Workspace

Add an extra layer of security by implementing Google authentication as a necessity for team members logging into Venditan Commerce.

This additional layer of protection helps safeguard your account against unauthorised access.&#x20;

{% hint style="warning" %}
Note: To enable this feature, you must use Google Workspace to manage your company email addresses.
{% endhint %}


# Payment Security

We have prioritised payment security by integrating our platform with reputable, Level 1 PCI DSS compliant payment gateways.

***

### Our Payment Gateway integrations

We are securely integrated with **Global Payments**, **JudoPay** and **Braintree**.

{% hint style="info" %}
Learn more: [Payments](/docs/payments)
{% endhint %}

***

### Encrypted and secure transactions

Our trusted partner payment gateways handle payment processing, and they ensure that all customer payment information and personal data are encrypted using state-of-the-art encryption techniques.

With end-to-end encryption, you can confidently sell online, knowing that sensitive data is securely transmitted and stored, maintaining leading standards of security and compliance.

***

### Hosted payments pages

Card details are taken on an external payment window hosted by the payment gateway, which is separate from our server.

***

### Protect your business against fraudulent payments

While it is impossible to mitigate all fraud entirely, our partners employ advanced fraud detection algorithms and rules to identify and prevent suspicious transactions in real-time.

By proactively monitoring for signs of fraud, they mitigate the risks posed to your business and help you maintain trust with your customers.

***

### Store tokenised card details

Let your customers securely store card details in their accounts through tokenisation. This will enable convenient repeat purchases and subscription services without compromising sensitive payment information.


# Admin & Tools

Managing your Users, their Administration Rights, and other useful tools to enhance your use of Venditan Commerce.

***

### Click to explore:

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Users &#x26; Access</strong></td><td>Managing your Users and Administration Rights.</td><td><a href="/pages/IiteZLncrcjR7811qWkv">/pages/IiteZLncrcjR7811qWkv</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Tools</strong></td><td>Useful tools for productivity and administration.</td><td><a href="/pages/aX2Vi9gCv6icvXsAvIvj">/pages/aX2Vi9gCv6icvXsAvIvj</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Users & Access

Venditan Commerce’s permissions-based user management system allows you to control access across the platform.

***

### Creating a User

Every staff member needing access to Venditan Commerce must be set up as a **User**.

Each User requires:

<table><thead><tr><th width="251">Data</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Name</strong></td><td>The User's First and Last Name.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Email Address</strong></td><td>The User's email address.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>User Profile</strong></td><td>This grants administration rights based on the assigned User Profile. <em>See below.</em></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Manager</strong></td><td>Can be used to assign a Manager to the User.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Communication Settings</strong></td><td>Enable or disable receipt of email communication from Venditan Commerce.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### M**anage Administration Rights with User Profiles**

**User Profiles** define **Administration Rights** and are created for different business departments, such as Order Fulfilment, Finance, and Marketing.

Rights are set at a task-specific level, providing detailed control over:

1. The information Users can view.
2. The tasks Users can perform.

Administration Rights are controlled across several key administrative areas.

Venditan Commerce contains hundreds of individual Rights that can be granted or revoked–the table below summarises what can be controlled.

<table><thead><tr><th width="207">Area</th><th>Summary</th><th>Examples</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>General</strong></td><td>Provides access rights to Administrative functionality.</td><td>Manage Company Information</td></tr><tr><td><strong>EPOS</strong></td><td>Control access rights to EPOS functionality.</td><td>Edit EPOS Change Settings, Run a Z Read Report</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer</strong></td><td>Control access rights to Customer Management functionality.</td><td>Create a New Customer, Edit Customer Details, View Order Histories</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Dispatch</strong></td><td>Control access rights to Pick, Pack and Dispatch functionality.</td><td>Approve Orders for Dispatch, Mark Orders as Packed</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Goods In</strong></td><td>Control access rights to Receiving and Putaway functionality.</td><td>Edit GRNs, Change GRN Cost Prices</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Inventory</strong></td><td>Control access rights to PIM and Stock Control functionality.</td><td>Create New Products, Edit Sizing Scales, Move Stock, Manage Product Tags</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Management</strong></td><td>Control access rights to Order Management functionality.</td><td>Create and Place Orders, Put Orders on Hold, Delete Orders</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Purchasing</strong></td><td>Control access rights to Purchase Order Management functionality.</td><td>Create Purchase Orders, List Supplier Deliveries, Assign Purchasers</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Payments</strong></td><td>Control access rights to Payments functionality.</td><td>Create E-Vouchers, Manage Exchange Rates</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Search</strong></td><td>Control access to Venditan Commerce’s internal search functionality.</td><td>Order Search, Inventory Search, Customer Search</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="success" %}
Note: Administration Rights are configured for you during your switch to Venditan Commerce. Existing Users will be migrated with your existing rights and approval processes replicated into the platform.
{% endhint %}

***

### Super Users

**Super Users** can access all areas of Venditan Commerce, except for managing Users, User Profiles, and Administration Rights.

***

### M**anaging User Permissions**

For security purposes, managing Users, User Profiles, and Permissions is restricted to the Venditan team by default. If you need these capabilities, contact us to discuss enabling them.

***

### Control Google Authentication Access

Super Users can enforce login methods for other users by enabling or disabling Google authentication as a login option. This means you can require users to log in either via Google authentication or with a traditional password, depending on your security preferences.

This control helps maintain consistent access policies across your organisation and enhances security management.

***

### Build in your approval processes and workflows

Integrate approval processes seamlessly into your workflows with Venditan Commerce.

By creating distinct User Profiles, you can assign critical actions to be authorised by appropriate personnel.

Examples of approval workflows include:

* **Order Approvals**: Manager approval is required to ensure accuracy and accountability before finalising orders.
* **Purchase Order Generation**: Manager approval is required to validate Purchase Orders before creation or submission.
* **Dispatch Approvals**: Review and authorize dispatches to minimise errors and maintain operational control.

{% hint style="success" %}
**Built with flexibility in mind**

With years of experience building retail and eCommerce workflows, Venditan Commerce has supported many use cases. During onboarding, we’ll work with you to specify your requirements and configure the necessary approval processes tailored to your workflow.
{% endhint %}

***

### Group users with User Groups

**User Groups** allow you to efficiently organise and manage multiple Users with similar roles or permissions.


# Tools

Venditan Commerce offers a range of helpful tools designed to simplify day-to-day management and enhance User productivity.

***

### Customise your Homepage with live Widgets

Users can select from various Widgets to build a custom platform Homepage:

<table><thead><tr><th width="220">Widget</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>My Tasks</strong></td><td>A summary of Tasks assigned to the User via the Task Management System.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Values (7 Days)</strong></td><td>A summary of the total Order Value generated over the past 7 days, providing insight into recent sales performance.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>KPI Summary</strong></td><td>A review of your key performance indicators (KPIs), such as sales, conversions, and operational metrics, to provide an at-a-glance view of business health.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Sales by Sales Channel (7 Days)</strong></td><td>A breakdown of sales performance by Sales Channel (e.g., website, app, marketplace) over the last 7 days, helping identify which channels are driving revenue.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Recent Orders Placed by Hour</strong></td><td>A tabular representation of order activity, showing when orders were placed each hour, giving insights into peak purchasing times.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Dispatch Summary</strong></td><td>An overview of orders ready for dispatch, including totals and breakdowns by status, helping manage fulfilment workflows.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Orders Awaiting Payment</strong></td><td>A list or count of orders where payment has not been completed, allowing users to follow up or take appropriate action.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Orders By Country Summary</strong></td><td>A geographical breakdown of orders, showing which countries customers are ordering from, providing insights into market reach and performance.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Orders Awaiting Allocation</strong></td><td>Orders that have not yet been assigned stock from inventory, highlighting those requiring action to ensure fulfilment.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Orders Awaiting Dispatch Approval</strong></td><td>A summary of orders pending approval for dispatch, part of an integrated approval process to manage outbound shipments.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Custom Widgets</strong></td><td>We can provide new dashboard elements that display specific data or insights tailored to user or business needs.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Set up Shortcuts

Create **Shortcuts** to your most commonly used functions for quicker navigation. Examples of useful shortcuts include:

* **Create a Product**: Instantly access the product creation tool to add new products to your inventory.
* **Create a Purchase Order**: Quickly generate Purchase Orders for Suppliers.
* **View Recent Orders**: Jump directly to your most recent Orders.

***

### Access the Support Portal: Venditan Insight

The Venditan Commerce interface includes a quick link to **Insight**, our dedicated Support Portal. This tool allows all Venditan clients to:

* Submit support requests directly to their Account Manager.
* Track the status of ongoing requests.
* Access resources and updates related to your account.

With Insight, you can easily connect with our team to resolve issues or request assistance.

***

### Receive automated Email Notifications

Venditan Commerce can send automated **Email Notifications** to Users based on key activity triggers.&#x20;

Examples include:

* **New Order Alerts**: Get notified whenever a new Order is placed.
* **Low Stock Warnings**: Receive alerts when a product reaches its Low Stock Threshold.
* **Order Holds**: Be informed when Orders are automatically held based on a rule or threshold.
* **Supplier Feed Updates**: Get notified when an integrated Supplier Feed has refreshed its data.

These notifications ensure your team stays informed and can respond to critical actions in real-time.

***

### Use the Search Dropdown

Venditan Commerce includes a versatile search system with a dropdown menu, allowing Users to select the type of search they wish to perform.

Each Search Type is designed to focus on specific areas of your operations.

<table><thead><tr><th width="281">Search Type</th><th>Summary</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Smart</strong></td><td>A general-purpose search designed to retrieve relevant results across multiple categories, such as orders, inventory, or customers. Ideal for quick, all-encompassing searches.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Customer</strong></td><td>Allows Users to search for customer records, including details such as Name, Email, and Customer Code.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Inventory</strong></td><td>Focuses on products currently in stock, enabling searches by Product Name or SKU.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Inventory (Master)</strong></td><td>Searches across Master products in the inventory, including products that may not currently be in stock but are part of the catalog.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Inventory (Incl. Discont)</strong></td><td>Expands the inventory search to include discontinued products, allowing Users to locate legacy items or reference historical data.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order</strong></td><td>Searches for specific Orders using criteria using the Order Number. This is useful for tracking or managing individual orders.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Transaction</strong></td><td>Searches for specific in-store purchases using the Transaction Number as a criterion for search suggestions, or other related information for the full-page search. This is useful for tracking or managing individual store purchases.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Purchase Order</strong></td><td>Searches for Purchase Orders created with Suppliers using Purchase Order Code or Supplier Name.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Goods Received Notes (GRNs)</strong></td><td>It allows users to locate GRNs, which document received stock deliveries. GRNs can be searched by delivery date, supplier, or GRN reference.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Manage your Reasons

**Reasons** in Venditan Commerce are predefined entries that specify the justification behind specific actions.

These reasons can be displayed to either Customers or Users, clarifying why specific actions are being performed.

Below are our Reason Categories, with summaries and examples:

<table><thead><tr><th width="229">Reason Category</th><th>Summary</th><th>Example</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Order Cancellation</strong></td><td>Captures why an entire Order has been cancelled.</td><td>'Incorrectly Placed'</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Order Line</strong></td><td>Captures why individual items within an Order have been returned.</td><td>'Wrong Size Selected'</td></tr><tr><td><strong>EPOS Return</strong></td><td>Captures why a product was returned at the point of sale.</td><td>'Item Does Not Fit'</td></tr><tr><td><strong>EPOS Discount</strong></td><td>Captures why a discount was applied at the point of sale.</td><td>'Managers Discretion'</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Return</strong></td><td>Captures why an Order has been Returned.</td><td>'Item Damaged'</td></tr><tr><td><strong>Stock Transfer</strong></td><td>Captures why stock was transferred between different Stores or Bins.</td><td>'Bin Consolidation'</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Automatic printing with Direct Print

**Direct Print** in Venditan Commerce allows documents to be printed instantly using preconfigured settings.

Venditan Commerce can be set up with predefined printer configurations for different print tasks, such as packing slips, shipping labels, and invoices.

Each document type is assigned to a specific printer(s) with the correct dimensions and settings, meaning users only need to click the **Print** button—no further input is required.

This removes the need for manual printer selection and formatting, ensuring that each print job is handled efficiently.